Sigma PHOTO PRO - VERSION 3.5 Specifications

Add to my manuals
87 Pages

advertisement

Sigma PHOTO PRO - VERSION 3.5 Specifications | Manualzz

154

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D40 & D40x

6.1- and 10.2-Megapixel Compact

Digital SLRs

Compact and lightweight, with simplified features, exceptional handling speed, and a visually-intuitive menu system, the 6.1-megapixel D40 and 10.2-megapixel

D40x will amaze you with how easy it is to take great pictures. Ready to shoot virtually the instant they are turned on, the D40 can shoot 2.5 fps (frames per second) non-stop for up to 100 shots, the D40x can shoot 3 fps. The D40x also offers wider ISO sensitivity of 100-1600, (200-1600 for the D40). They have a 2.5˝ color LCD and intuitive information display system that presents information in a clear, graphically represented way.

Eight scene-optimized Digital Vari-Program modes allow users to capture nearly any type of scene without having to fumble with camera settings. There are advanced controls such as Aperture and Shutter-priority mode and in-camera image editing features include D-Lighting, Red-eye correction and Image Trim.

Creative features include Image Overlay, Small Picture, Monochrome and

Filter Effects. They are compatible with all of Nikon’s AF-S and AF-I Nikkor lenses, have a built in flash and are compatible with Nikon’s Speedlite flashes.

FEATURES

Perfect Starter Cameras

◆ 6.1- and 10.2-megapixel imaging sensor and Nikon image processing engine ensure stunning sharpness and color. Make detailed enlargements up to 16 x 20˝ or 30 x 40˝

(respectively). High resolution also provides room for creative cropping.

◆ Beautifully styled, they make highperformance digital SLR photography easy and convenient with sure and comfortable ergonomics. Weighing only 16 oz., these compact camera bodies fit your hand perfectly, with a well-balanced design and grip to ensure easy access to controls.

◆ Fast startup combined with fast shutter response and rapid-action shooting at up to

2.5 fps (D40) or 3 fps (D40x) makes it easy to freeze that special moment. Capture highquality action sequences and much more.

◆ Capture spectacular shots using digital and optical technologies that pro’s use, but without the work that SLR photography once required. Just look through the viewfinder and press a button. It’s never been easier to capture the moments so beautifully.

2.5˝ LCD Monitor

◆ Playback images are easy to see, and function menus are easier to use with their bright

2.5˝ LCD monitor. Preview images at up to

19x magnification with large-type fonts and easy-to-view menus as well as three display options: Classic format or the Graphic and

Wallpaper formats for Digital Vari-Program modes and P/S/A/M modes.

Electronic Viewfinder (EVF)

◆ Large and clear viewfinder provides 0.8x

magnification, and helps to ensure precise composition. Overall viewfinder brightness makes it easy to focus in low light.

◆ “Assist images” help you select the appropriate settings for many camera features by showing an example image typical of that setting as well as an advanced HELP Menu for the current item selected.

◆ Question Mark icon (?) indicates that help is available for the currently selected item; just press the help button beside the LCD monitor to see a context sensitive help page.

Flash

◆ Automatic auto pop-up flash gives just the right light to make a scene look beautiful and natural. The innovative i-TTL flash control evaluates flash exposure with incredible precision to achieve better automatic flash balance and deliver outstanding results.

◆ Built-in flash brings beautiful exposures in low light conditions as well as adding sparkle for fill flash in outdoor situations. Flash photography has never been easier or more accurate. Four flash modes are available:

Auto flash, Red-eye reduction, Slow sync and Rear curtain sync.

◆ For more sophisticated flash photography,

Nikon’s external Speedlights can be used.

Combined with the D40/40x, the advanced

Creative Lighting System turns the darkest situations into dazzling photo opportunities.

◆ The compact Speedlight SB-400 is a perfect companion to the D40/40x, providing a simple solution for adding more power and bounce flash capability. Using the SB-400 is as simple as sliding it on, turning it on and shooting.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

High-Speed Shooting

◆ The D40 can fire continuously at a speed of up to 2.5 frames per second, capturing high-quality action sequences of children in sporting activities such as soccer, baseball and much more.

◆ The D40x has fast 0.18 second startup combined with split-second shutter response and rapid-action shooting at up to

3 frames per second makes it easy to freeze special moments instantly.

Focus and Exposure

Controls

◆ The D40’s advanced 3-area AF system and refined algorithms deliver fast, efficient and precise autofocus. AF refinements deliver greater precision with fast, more consistent subject acquisition and improved focus tracking for consistently sharper pictures.

◆ Adjust the focus automatically or manually.

It’s also possible to select a focus area and use focus lock, which lets you recompose a picture.

◆ A large viewfinder makes composition easier, and overall viewfinder brightness makes focusing in low-light photography possible.

Its bright and sharp viewfinder, with 0.8x

magnification, ensures precise composition.

◆ Get great shots in almost any situation with

Digital Vari-Program modes. Each of the eight modes is designed to calculate the best settings for your scene. Simply choose one of the modes and the camera will adjust itself automatically for optimal results.

◆ For more control over shutter speed and aperture, choose Program, Shutter-Priority,

Aperture-Priority or manual mode.

◆ ±5 EV exposure compensation means betterexposed pictures in poorly lit conditions such as dimly lit theaters, sunsets and more.

◆ 3D Color Matrix Metering II instantly evaluates each scene for brightness, color, contrast, size and position of shadows and highlights for optimum results. Centerweighted and Spot metering are also available to meet specialized applications.

◆ The D40/40x’s ISO sensitivity can be set from ISO 200 all the way to 1600, enabling beautiful images in challenging low-light situations without using a flash.

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D40 & D40x

155

Retouch Menu

They feature a ‘Retouch Menu’ offering exclusive in-camera image editing features. These features provide creative freedom without the need for a computer, and for those who prefer to send pictures directly to a printer. Includes Nikon's D-Lighting, which brightens dark pictures and Red-eye correction that automatically detects and corrects red eye. Image Trim allows for creative cropping of an image and creates smaller files for easy e-mailing. Other creative features include Image Overlay, Small Picture, Monochrome (Black-and-white, Sepia,

Cyanotype) and Filter Effects (Skylight, Warm filter, Color balance).

Digital Vari-Program Modes

The eight Digital Vari-Programs automatically calculate ideal settings for common shooting situations. Just select a mode appropriate to your shooting situation and let the D40/D40x do the rest.

AUTO: This mode automatically controls all the settings to match your shooting conditions, freeing you to concentrate on composing your shot.

Portrait: Sophisticated portraits are easy in this mode. The background will soften while your subject stays sharply focused in the foreground. The result is stylish, professional looking images of your loved ones.

Night Portrait: Focuses on the closest subject in a low-light situation and then calculates a balanced exposure for both the foreground and the background. For the sharpest pictures, a tripod is highly recommended.

Landscape: Ideal for a great perspective on beautiful scenery, this mode offers sharp, clear landscape pictures with optimized greens and blues.

Auto (Flash Off): Automatically disables the built-in flash and boosts the camera’s light sensitivity, letting you capture the ambiance of available light or capture photos where flash photography isn’t an option.

Child: This mode ensures natural skin tones set against vividly rendered clothing and background details. Images here are expressive, sharp and endearing.

Sports: The camera tracks your subject, adjusting the focus with split second response, freezing action for incredible sports and motion shots.

Close Up: Flowers, coins, insects and other small treasures take on new meaning when seen in Close Up mode, which renders a detailed foreground, while softening the background for subjects that truly stand out.

Bundled and Optional Software

Supplied with the D40/D40x and designed as a simple, intuitive and seamless experience, PictureProject is for digital photographers of any skill level.

Its powerful tools let you truly explore digital imaging without having to study for it. It greatly simplifies image transfer and sharing, while giving you basic post- production enhancements on a personal computer. Data in your memory card can easily be uploaded to your computer, and images can be quickly printed, e-mailed or uploaded to an online photo community.

Easy and intuitive, Nikon’s optional CAPTURE NX software gives you an unprecedented degree of control over your images. Thanks to exclusive U Point Technology, by Nik Software, Capture NX does all the calculations for you, making it the first truly usable editing imaging software for all levels of photographers.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

156

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D40 & D40x

Conveniences

◆ Use the optional ML-L3 Wireless Remote

Control as a remote shutter release for self-portraits or to prevent camera shake caused when releasing the shutter.

◆ Long-lasting EN-EL9 rechargeable Li-ion battery lets you take up to 470 shots in single-frame shooting mode. The optional

EH-5 AC Adapter EH-5 can be used to power the camera for even longer periods.

◆ Easily connect to your computer using the supplied USB cable. The supplied Picture-

Project software can then be used to load photographs to your computer where they can be organized, retouched and printed.

◆ Advanced HELP menu system with “assist images” help you select the appropriate settings for many camera features by showing an example image typical of that setting as well as an advanced HELP Menu for the current item selected. The D40/D40x’s

Question Mark icon (?) indicates that help is available for the currently selected item; just press the help button beside the LCD monitor to see a context sensitive help page.

◆ The D40/40x have an Image Optimize setting that lets photographers adjust color, contrast and sharpening as well as other image settings according to the type of scene or output desired. Settings include:

Normal, Softer, Vivid, More Vivid, Portrait,

Custom and Black and White, each of which are automatically adjusted based on sophisticated Nikon algorithms or userselected settings for optimum results.

◆ All AF-S/AF-I Nikkor lenses work seamlessly with the D40/D40x. Each lens features the world’s finest optics and precision mechanisms and provides optimized performance for sharp, consistent results. (Autofocus is supported only with

AF-S and AF-I CPU lenses, which are equipped with an autofocus motor.)

◆ The D40 and D40x include EN-EL9

Rechargeable Lithium-ion Battery, MH-23

Quick Charger, UC-E4 USB Cable, Camera

Strap, BF-1A Body Cap, DK-5 Eyepiece Cap,

BS-1 Accessory Shoe Cap, DK-16 Rubber

Eyecup and PictureProject Software

CD-ROM. They also are available in kits with different Nikon lenses including the 3x zoom 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6G ED II AF-S DX

Zoom-Nikkor lens.

D40 and D40x Accessories

Rechargeable Li-ion Battery (NIENEL9) : A high-capacity battery which provides maximum battery life and maximum power. It also features No Memory Effect that lets you recharge partially drained batteries without reducing runtime. Replacement ...............................39.95

Battery Quick Charger (NIMH23)

Designed to charge the EN-EL9 battery...................44.95

AC Adapter (NIEH5) : Designed to supply uninterrupted power to your camera. It requires the Power Supply Connector when used with the D40/D40x .................79.95

Power Supply Connector (NIEP5) : Required when using the AC Adapter with the D40/D40x ........39.95

Multi-Charger (NIMH19) : Charges two batteries. It has a 12v cable for connection to a cigarette-lighter socket. 4.7 x 1.4 x 5.5˝ (WHD).........................CALL

Replacement Camera Strap (NIANDC1) ......................16.95

Semi-Soft Case

(NICFDC1)

: An ever-ready style semi-soft camera case made to carry the D40/D40x with a lens up to 18-135mm zoom Nikkor lens. The case is carried by the original strap included with the camera..............39.95

Video Cable (NIEGD100) : Connects to most late model TV’s via the RCA-type video-in terminals; and allows you to view recorded images from your camera...................9.49

Remote Control Transmitter (NIMLL3) : Acts as a wireless shutter release to instantly trigger the shutter without disturbing the camera.

Recommended for taking pictures of subjects that are difficult to approach, or when using slower shutter speeds to prevent camera movement. Powered by an included CR-2025 3v battery .............16.95

Rectangular Right Angle Viewfinder (NIDR6) : Provides an upright, unreversed image for right-angle viewing.

Convenient for waist-level or low-angle photography.

Individual eyesight adjustment is possible with the built-in diopter, and the reproduction ratio can be set to

1:1 or 1:2 ..................................................................184.95

Eyepiece Magnifier (NIDG2) : 2x magnification of image area’s center is obtained with this magnifier, which flips up to quickly view the entire image area when needed.

It has a rubber eyecup and dioptric correction ranging from -5 to +1 .............................................................59.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D80

157

10.2-Megapixel Digital SLR Camera

An impressively featured, high performance camera incorporating Nikon’s latest digital and photographic technologies, the D80 offers advanced features as well as automated operation to satisfy any photographer with the passion to create beautiful photographs and preserve special moments. With a 10.2-megapixel

CCD image sensor and an exclusive high-resolution color processing engine inherited from Nikon’s latest professional digital SLR cameras, the D80 can render images with incredible resolution, sharp detail and vibrant color that is unmatched in this class of cameras. And it can shoot these images fast – at speeds of up to 3 frames per second, for up to 100 consecutive shots, ensuring that the camera’s always ready for the next fleeting moment. The D80 works with the efficiency and grace of a fine-tuned instrument, powering up in only 0.18 seconds and capturing a picture with an imperceptible shutter lag time of just 80 milliseconds (0.08 seconds).

FEATURES

Highest Image Quality

◆ 10.2-megapixel CCD imaging sensor is optimized by Nikon to deliver a wide dynamic range, producing outstanding images with high resolution and vivid detail yielding 3872 x 2592-pixel files.

◆ Nikon’s high-resolution image processing engine produces natural-looking images that benefit from faithful color and tone reproduction. It also rapidly and efficiently processes the captured 10.2 megapixel images while achieving lower power consumption, assuring more pictures per battery charge.

11-Area AF system

◆ The D80’s 11-area auto-focus system also fulfills its role in the overall speed of the camera, delivering fast and precise focus under varying shooting conditions. 11-area

AF system with center area wide-frame operation adds effective new focusing options that will instill greater confidence in getting the desired shot.

◆ An Auto-Area AF mode measures all eleven focus areas and automatically determines which of them are on the primary subject, and activates only those areas. During AF measurement, all focus areas that lie within the range of proper focus blink for easier confirmation.

Advanced Auto Exposure

◆ 3D Color Matrix Metering II ensures accurate exposures, even in the most challenging lighting conditions. Evaluating, rather than merely measuring or averaging the true content of each scene, input from the system’s frame-wide 420-pixel sensor is automatically referenced against an onboard database of over 30,000 scenes from actual photography to calculate final exposure value.

◆ Variable center-weighted metering and spot metering centered on the active focus area are available, as are exposure compensation and auto exposure bracketing. Sophisticated exposure automation combined with options for complete user control make the

D80 an ideal high-performance digital SLR for passionate photography enthusiasts.

Optimized Color Modes

◆ Nikon’s advanced color reproduction system optimizes the three available color modes to best match the subject or intended use for the image.

- Mode Ia: Renders natural-looking skin tones out of the camera. (sRGB)

- Mode II: Realizes a wider color range suitable for processing or retouching. (Adobe RGB)

- Mode IIIa: Renders vivid landscape and floral colors out of the camera. (sRGB)

Precision White Balance

◆ Advanced Auto White Balance (AWB) produces natural coloration by matching white balance to the light source of the shot.

◆ Other flexible options include a choice of six specific manual settings with fine-tuning,

(Incandescent, Fluorescent, Direct Sunlight,

Flash, Cloudy, and Shade), as well as a preset option for using a gray or white object as a reference.

Program and

Exposure Modes

◆ A selection of 7 Digital Vari-Programs makes creative photography as simple as rotating the mode dial. Choose from Auto,

Portrait, Landscape, Close Up, Sports,

Night Landscape, or Night Portrait and the selected program automatically optimizes white balance, sharpening, tone (contrast), color, saturation and hue settings to best match the scene.

◆ In “Portrait” Mode, for example, the camera captures the most flattering skin tones, softens the focus of the background images to emphasize the face and applies a milder form of in-camera sharpening.

◆ Greater personal control over camera operation is provided by the Programmed

[P], Shutter-Priority [S], Aperture-Priority

[A] and Manual [M] exposure modes.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

158

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D80

High Performance

◆ Powers up and ready to shoot in only 0.18

seconds. It also reacts at blazing speeds when the shutter button is pressed with a minimal shutter lag time of just 0.08 seconds.

◆ Can shoot 3 frames per second in continuous bursts of up to 100 JPEG (FINE M-size or smaller) or 6 RAW (NEF) images.

◆ Shutter speeds from 30 to 1/4,000 sec. can be selected manually or used in conjunction with the automated program modes. Bulb and time options as well as flash-synchronized shutter speeds of up to 1/200 sec. further enhance the digital photo experience.

◆ Supplied EN-EL3 rechargeable lithium-ion battery lets you shoot as many as 2,700 images per charge. The battery features an accurate real-time fuel gauge system that displays the percentage of remaining charge, number of shots since last charge and overall status of battery service life.

◆ Multiple Exposure feature lets you create a single image within the camera from up to three consecutive exposures, producing an effect that resembles multiple exposure techniques used with film.

LCD Monitor and Viewfinder

◆ The D80 features a large and bright viewfinder with large 0.94x magnification to ensure the clearest view possible for precise composition. Included is a built-in diopter adjustment control knob also makes it easier to fine-tune the view to match eyesight. The viewfinder’s integrated grid display can also be turned on to assist with composition.

◆ 2.5˝ 230,000-dot high-resolution LCD provides an ultra-wide 170° viewing angle from all directions. Navigating the spacious preview of your images is easy with a dedicated Zoom button, magnifying images on screen up to 25x their original size. An RGB histogram display aids in evaluating exposures with greater precision.

◆ Other playback options include single frame, 4 or 9-image thumbnail display, an improved histogram display and highlight point display. A menu interface featuring refinements to the carefully chosen color scheme and increased font size makes navigation easier on the eye, easier to understand and easier to use. Menus can be customized to display only selected items using the “My Menu” set.

Flash

◆ Powerful built-in flash with i-TTL flash control does much more than fire when lighting is inadequate or add balanced fill flash when there is strong backlighting. It evaluates flash exposure with greater precision to achieve better automatic flash balance and deliver outstanding results. It also allows features such as Repeating flash function for creating stroboscopic effects and the Modeling Flash, which lets you visually check for shadows and assess overall lighting prior to shooting.

◆ Full support for wireless lighting System, the built-in flash can wirelessly control up to two groups of Speedlights (SB-600 or SB-

800) in full TTL mode, taking the guesswork out of multiple flash photography.

◆ The D80 works seamlessly with Nikon SB-

800, SB-600 and SB-R200 Speedlights, delivering the full benefits of i-TTL flash control’s advanced monitor pre-flash, accurate bounce-flash measurement and comprehensive wireless operation.

Optional MB-D80 Multi-Power Battery Pack

◆ An optional MB-D80 battery pack is available, extending the shooting capability in an ergonomic design that adds shooting stability. Able to run on either one or two EN-EL3e rechargeable batteries or six

AA-size batteries, the pack also features an additional command dial and alternative buttons for shutter release and AE-Lock/AF-Lock that make vertical shooting more comfortable.

◆ The D80 also offers unprecedented compatibility with Nikon’s extensive selection of AF Nikkor lenses as well as new DX Nikkor lenses, which are designed exclusively for use with Nikon DX format digital SLR cameras. Nikkor lenses, famous for optical superiority, add to the D80’s ability to deliver outstanding images.

◆ The D80 record to SD (Secure Digital) memory cards, used around the world and available in a variety of capacities. They feature efficiency and convenience in a slim, compact design.

Bundled and Optional Software

◆ Bundled with PictureProject software.

Designed for digital photographers of any skill level, it’s powerful tools let you truly explore digital imaging without having to study for it. It greatly simplifies image transfer and sharing, while giving you basic post-production enhancements on a personal computer.

Data in your memory card can easily be uploaded to your computer, and images can be quickly printed, e-mailed or uploaded to an online photo community.

◆ Fully compatible with optional Capture

NX, Nikon’s highly versatile and elegantly simple photo editing solution designed to help photographers tap the full potential of NEF (RAW) images.

Featuring an innovative user interface that provides easier access to powerful and visually intuitive enhancement tools,

Capture NX's powerful photo image processing and editing tools can also be applied to JPEG and TIFF files to satisfy a broader range of photofinishing needs and applications.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

The D80 also features an Image Retouch menu, with exclusive in-camera editing functions that will certainly keep D80 users engaged when they’re not busy shooting.

Options within the Retouch menu include:

D-Lighting: Automatically balances underexposed portions of an image to enhance detail in these areas, without affecting the highlights of the picture

In-camera Red-eye Correction:

Automatically removes the annoying red-eye effect sometimes caused by flash.

Trim: Images can be trimmed within the camera to produce smaller files with reduced display sizes for easy sharing or greater efficiency for specific end purposes.

Image Overlay: Merges a pair of selected

RAW files taken with the D80 to create a composite image within the camera as a

RAW or JPEG file. This feature is especially useful when trying to create a soft-focus effect with two similar images

Monochrome settings: Monochrome settings can be applied to any color image in the camera, to convert it to a pleasing monochromatic picture, either in blackand-white, sepia or cyanotype

Filter Effects: Can be used to emulate and apply the effects of a Skylight filter or a

Warming filter to any image stored on the inserted SD card. A Customized Color menu within filter effects can also be used to make subtle shifts in color to any image in the camera.

◆ Easily accessed optimization options are available to closely tailor results to the scene at hand or the intended use of the image.

Image sharpening, tone compensation, color mode, saturation and hue adjustment is controlled by the user-selected choice of

Normal, Softer, Vivid, More vivid, Portrait,

Custom or Black-and-white options. The black-and-white mode can be customized using red, green, yellow and orange filter effects as well as image sharpening and tone compensation.

◆ The D80 also offers creative ways to share pictures, with its built-in Pictmotion slideshow feature, which includes style selections that control transitions and background music. Shows can be enjoyed on the 2.5-inch LCD, or complete with audio on a television when connected via the supplied AV cable.

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D80

159

D80 Accessories

Rechargeable Li-ion Battery (NIENEL3E) : A rechargeable lithium-ion battery that provides 7.4v, and can store

1500mAh of power - that translates into over 200 shots on a charge. Replacement .........................................44.95

Multi-Power Battery Pack (NIMBD80) : Holds 2 EN-EL3e batteries, effectively doubling your total shooting time.

It can also hold the included AA battery Holder, so you can use AA batteries as a power backup.................134.95

AC Adapter (NIEH5) : Designed to supply uninterrupted power to your camera. It requires the Power Supply Connector when used with the D40/D40x .................79.95

Remote

Control

Transmitter

Remote Cord

Remote Control Transmitter (NIMLL3) : Acts as a wireless shutter release to instantly trigger the shutter without disturbing the camera. Recommended for taking pictures of subjects that are difficult to approach, or when using slower shutter speeds to prevent camera movement.

Powered by an included CR-2025 3v battery .............16.95

Remote Cord (NIMCDC1) : Adds greater convenience and ease of use in a wide variety of shooting situations, including long exposures and close-ups.....................24.95

Semi-Soft Case (NICFD80) : An ever-ready-style semi-soft camera case made to carry the D80 with a lens up to the 18-135mm f/3.5-5.6G ED-IF AF-S

DX Zoom-Nikkor .............................................39.95

Right Angle

Viewfinder

Eyepiece

Magnifier

Rectangular Right Angle Viewfinder (NIDR6) : Provides an upright, unreversed image for right-angle viewing - great for waist-level or low-angle photography. Individual eyesight adjustment is possible with the built-in diopter, and the reproduction ratio can be set to 1:1 or 1:2 ...........184.95

Eyepiece Magnifier (NIDG2) : Obtains 2x magnification of the image area’s center. It flips up to quickly view the entire image area when needed, and has a rubber eyecup and dioptric correction ranging from -5 to +1....................59.95

Magnifying Eyepiece (NIDK21M) : Magnifies the finder image by approximately 1.1x, enhancing visibility and reducing eye strain ..........................................................24.95

Eyepiece Adapter (NIDK22) : Enables attachment of Magnifying Eyepiece to the eyepiece.

Eyepiece Correction Lenses (NIDK20C) : An easy-to-use viewing and focusing aid which enables near- and far-sighted photographers to view the finder image accurately without having to wear eyeglasses. (-5 to +3m).

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

160

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D200

10.2-Megapixel Digital SLR Camera

A precision-engineered, high performance digital SLR designed to satisfy the requirements of passionate and demanding photographers, the D200 incorporates more must-have features than any other camera in its class, enabling photographers to capture images in a way once reserved only for professionals. Crafted to combine the best of newly developed technologies with Nikon’s decades of innovative engineering experience, the D200 is a combination of quality, performance, construction and advanced system features.

Responding instantly to the will and needs of the photographer, it delivers unrivaled handling efficiency, a large, bright optical viewfinder and 10.2-megapixels of extraordinarily sharp resolution. Tight integration with Nikon’s Total Imaging System ensures compatibility with the lineup of renowned Nikkor lenses, while full support for Nikon’s advanced Creative Lighting System adds further creative freedom.

11-area Autofocus system and sophisticated 1005-pixel 3D Color Matrix Metering II system ensures ideal exposures while an advanced Nikon image processing engine renders images with superb clarity and smooth color gradations. The D200 powersup in a mere 0.15 seconds, and firing in an imperceptible 50 millisecond shutter release lag time. It can shoot 5 fps with a drastically shortened viewfinder blackout time of just 105 milliseconds between shots. Bright viewfinder offers comfortable and precise composition while a 2.5˝ LCD screen provides ultra-wide 170° viewing angle from all directions. The ideal choice for wedding, event and action photographers, the D200 adds the Nikon Electronic Format (NEF) file format for raw image data, optional powerful Nikon NX Capture software, and advanced Wi-Fi image-transmission options.

Capture

◆ 10.2-megapixel CCD image sensor incorporates high-speed 4-channel data output, and is fitted with an Optical Low

Pass Filter that helps prevent moiré, color fringing and shifting, while also complementing the sensor’s improved resolving power.

◆ An added benefit of the image sensor’s

4-channel output is that it allows the D200 to adopt the advanced image-processing engine of the D2x. Combining color independent pre-conditioning prior to A/D conversion with advanced digital image processing algorithms, it raises the level of precision achieved by a high-performance system LSI processor. As a result, it provides fine color gradations with consistent and smooth transitions, all rendered exceptionally well throughout the selection of available color modes.

S TEP UP F EATURES FROM THE D80—

High-Speed Handling

◆ Powers-up in just 0.15 seconds, shutter release time lag of a mere 50 milliseconds, and a shortened viewfinder blackout time of just 105 milliseconds combine with optimized subsystems throughout the D200 to provide fast handling — making it ready to respond to a photographer’s instincts.

These capabilities enable the capture of unexpected picture opportunities, and support more confident subject tracking during continuous shooting.

◆ 4-channel data output from the D200’s

CCD image sensor works with fast image processing to deliver high-speed continuous shooting. These elements also work in conjunction with the high-speed memory buffer and optimized system buses to achieve faster read and write access to

CompactFlash (CF) cards, while camera-tocomputer data transfer takes place via the

USB 2.0 Hi-Speed interface.

High-Performance

◆ Captures fast action and fleeting expressions with the ability to capture high-resolution images at a rapid 5 frames per second (fps) in continuous bursts of up to 22 NEF

(RAW) or 37 JPEG (FINE - LARGE) shots

◆ Shutter speeds from 30 to 1/8,000 second can be selected manually or used in conjunction with automated program modes to provide a range that will match challenging conditions.

◆ Additionally, flash-synchronized shutter speeds of up to 1/250 second, and up to

1/8,000 second with Auto FP High Speed

Sync, greatly enhance creative exposure flexibility and fill-flash effects.

◆ Intervalometer lets you set the D200 to fire automatically at preset intervals. Shoot one shot at each interval, or a burst of them.

Interval is a minute and can be set from one second to many hours.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D200

161

Autofocus

◆ Like the D80, the D200 is equipped with an advanced Multi-CAM 1000 AF Sensor

Module offering 11-area AF that ensures consistently fast and precise focus lock under varying shooting conditions, all while adding diverse and effective new focus area options. However, not only is this system able to use each of its 11 focus areas individually, aiding in pinpoint focus on still subjects, but it can also operate as a 7-wide area AF system, offering broad coverage that improves the camera’s ability to acquire moving subjects and delivers greater compositional freedom. Lens focus action is controlled by the latest algorithms, which further improve system response, focus precision, as well as subject acquisition and tracking abilities.

◆ Single Area AF is great for picking a single subject out of a scene with multiple elements.

Use any one of the 11-area AF or 7 wide-area

AF spot sensors individually to achieve sharp results, even when your intended subject is located off center and surrounded by other objects. Assisting operation with easy confirmation, the selected area is indicated within the viewfinder and on the Top

Control Panel if desired.

◆ Dynamic AF used with Continuous servo-AF mode operation helps maintain precise focus should the subject move from its original position – instantly and automatically shifting the selected focus area to correspond to the subject’s new location.

◆ Closest Subject Priority Dynamic AF can be ideal for portraiture in characteristic settings that include action or complex elements. It automatically identifies the subject closest to the camera using the 11 sensors, and enables composition that captures the entire scene while keeping the focus emphasis on the closest subject.

◆ Group Dynamic AF recognizes patterns of action in the scene and allocates a group of

AF sensors accordingly. Both Dynamic AF and Closest Subject options are also available, enabling the capture of specific moving subjects in a frame that may also contain peripheral activity. Such broad ranging focus capability is well suited to composition situations, such as sports, where the action can be expected to take place in a particular part of the frame but at a speed too fast for focus on a single spot.

Magnesium Alloy Body

◆ With Nikon advanced technologies and mechanisms housed within a rugged, but lightweight magnesium body, the D200 is durable, dependable and ready for the most rigorous of assignments. And, with an enhanced sealing system protecting each and every seam, the D200 body offers reassuring resistance to causal moisture and dust.

◆ The double-bladed shutter unit has been thoroughly tested to well over 100,000 cycles, ensuring the highest level of durability and reliability. Employing a refined mirror balance mechanism that completes its motion cycle and reaches a full stop virtually without mirror bounce, it promotes maximum stability and speed as well as smoother

AF detection. It also provides the extended viewfinder visibility essential for fast, accurate focus tracking and continuous shooting.

D200 Doesn’t Have

The D200 doesn’t have a ‘Retouch Menu’ (in-camera D-lighting, Red-Eye reduction, image trimming, and filter effects. It doesn’t have “My Menu” allowing menus to be customized to display only selected items. The D200 substitutes this with a ‘Recent Settings’ menu that reflects the last 14 settings adjusted, offering a quick way to revisit these settings. The D200 offers automatic flash with manual pop-up via button release. The D80 does the same but adds automatic pop-up. The D80 records to SD (Secure Digital) memory cards, the D200 records to

Compact Flash cards.

Wireless Transmission Capability

With the Nikon WT-3A Wireless Transmitter accessory attached to the D200, you can instantly transmit images to your LAN computer-access point using IEEE802.11b/g technology. It enables cable-free image transfer with the added safety and versatility of wide-ranging network and security protocols. Powered by a single EN-EL3e battery and providing additional functionality, including a vertical shutter release button as well as front and rear command dials, the

WT-3A delivers much more than outstanding wireless technology and performance.

◆ Provides simple operation, setup and device registration, with support for up to 9 device profiles with the Setup

Utility software.

◆ IEEE802.11 b/g wireless LAN supports

FTP and PTP-IP protocols with effective transfer rates up to 10 Mbps in the ad-hoc mode.

◆ Built-in wired (LAN) 100BASE-T

Ethernet capability with automatic cable detection offering an effective transmission rate of 15 Mbps.

◆ Network functions include Transfer,

PC and Print modes, remote operation via Nikon Capture and

Capture Control Pro software, and wireless printing with the PD-10

Print Mode adapter.

◆ The built-in antenna provides an operational range of up to 256 feet.

◆ TKIP (Temporal Key Integrity

Protocol) and AES encryption provides increased security for file transmissions.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

162

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D200

More D200 Step-up Features

◆ The D80’s Multiple Exposure feature lets you create a single image within the camera from up to three consecutive exposures, producing an effect that resembles multiple exposure techniques used with film. With the D200, you can create a single image from up to 10 separate exposures within the camera, producing imaginative results.

◆ Image overlay function lets you create a composite image in-camera from two selected NEF (RAW) images, taking advantage of precise opacity control for each of the images to achieve your desired result. The original files remain unaffected, and the composite image produced can be saved in either RAW or JPEG format.

◆ Offers GPS (Global Positioning System) support. Connect a compatible (compliant with NMEA 0183) GPS unit using the optional MC-35 GPS Adapter Cord and record data on latitude, longitude, elevation and UTC (Coordinated Universal Time) directly to the file for each image.

◆ The 10-pin connection terminal offers flexible remote shooting possibilities by enabling use of optional accessories such as the Remote Cord MC-30/MC-36 and

Modulite Remote Control Set ML-3.

◆ The D200 has a sync terminal that accepts all PC-type plug-in flash sync cords, enabling computer-based flash control to handle complex lighting with accuracy.

◆ The D200 features ISO, Exposure mode, and

Meter mode (P, S, A and M)in the finder.

◆ The D80 lets you set exposure in 1/3 or 1/2, stops. The D200 lets you set exposure in 1/3 or 1/2, and full stops.

◆ The D200 Auto-zooms to active AF area in playback and has an AF Area Mode switch.

Has dedicated ISO, WB and QUAL buttons vs. shared buttons on the D80.

◆ The D80 sets ISO in 1/3 stops, the D200 lets you set ISO in 1/3, 1/2 and full stops.

◆ The D80 offers Automatic Exposure

Bracketing of 2 to 3 exposures in increments of 1, 2, or 3. The D200 offers bracketing of 2 to 9 exposures in increments of 1, 2, or 3.

◆ The D80 offers three exposure white balance bracketing in increments of 1, 2, or 3. The

D200 features bracketing with 2 to 9 frames in increments of 1, 2, or 3.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

D200 Accessories

Rechargeable Li-ion Battery (NIENEL3E) : A rechargeable lithium-ion battery that provides 7.4v, and can store

1500mAh of power - that translates into over 200 shots on a charge. Replacement .........................................44.95

Multi-Power Battery Pack (NIMBD200) : Holds 2 EN-

EL3e batteries, effectively doubling your total shooting time. It can also hold the included AA battery Holder, so you can use AA batteries as a power backup..........169.95

AC Adapter (NIEH6) : Designed to supply uninterrupted power to your camera while downloading pictures to your computer, for extended work in a studio, or while viewing images when connected to your TV or VCR .............................................74.95

Wireless Transmitter (NIWT3A) : Instantly transmit images to your LAN computer-access point using

802.11b/g technology. Powered by a single EN-EL3e battery, this wireless transmitter provides additional functionality, including a vertical shutter release button as well as front and rear command dials. The built-in antenna provides an operational range of up to 256´.............................599.95

Extended Range Antenna (NIWAE1) : Extends Wireless Transmitter transmission range up to 840´......................................................................................................118.95

Semi-Soft Case (NICFD80) : An ever-ready-style semi-soft leather camera case made to carry the D200 with a lens.................................59.95

Rectangular Right Angle Viewfinder (NIDR6) : Provides an upright, unreversed image for right-angle viewing - great for waist-level or low-angle photography. Individual eyesight adjustment is possible with the built-in diopter, and the reproduction ratio can be set to 1:1 or 1:2..........184.95

Eyepiece Magnifier (NIDG2) : Obtains 2x magnification of the image area’s center. It flips up to quickly view the entire image area when needed, and has a rubber eyecup and dioptric correction ranging from -5 to +1...........59.95

Magnifying Eyepiece (NIDK21M) : Magnifies the finder image by approximately 1.1x, enhancing visibility and reducing eye strain ..........................................................24.95

Eyepiece Adapter (NIDK22) : Enables attachment of Magnifying Eyepiece to the eyepiece.

Eyepiece Correction Lenses (NIDK20C) : An easy-to-use viewing and focusing aid which enables near- and far-sighted photographers to view the finder image accurately without having to wear eyeglasses. (-5 to +3m).

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

SPECIFICATIONS

163

Effective Pixels (million pixels)

Image Size (pixels)

ISO Sensitivity Range

Storage Media

White Balance

Playback Function

Focusing Screen

D40

6.1

D40X

10.2

D80

10.2

D200

10.2

3,008 x 2000 (L)

2,256 x 1,496 (M)

1,504 x 1,000 (S)

3,872 x 2,592 (L)

2,896 x 1,944 (M)

1,936 x 1,296 (S)

3,872 x 2,592 (L)

2,896 x 1,944 (M)

1,936 x 1,296 (S)

200 to 1600 (ISO equivalent) 100 to 1600 (ISO equivalent) 100 to 1600 (ISO equivalent) 100 to 1600 (ISO equivalent) in steps of 1/3 EV, plus Hi-1 setting (3200) equivalent in steps of 1/3 EV, plus Hi-1 setting (3200) equivalent in steps of 1/3 EV, plus Hi-0.3,

Hi-0.7 and Hi-1 in steps of 1/3 EV, plus Hi-0.3,

Hi-0.7 and Hi-1

SD Memory Card

(SD-HC Compatible)

SD Memory Card

(SD-HC Compatible)

1) Auto (TTL white balance with 420 pixel RGB Sensor)

2) Six manual modes with fine-tuning, color temperature setting (Kelvin)

3) Preset White Balance

4) White balance bracketing

SD Memory Card

1) Auto (TTL white balance with 420 pixel RGB Sensor)

2) Six manual modes with fine-tuning, color temperature setting (Kelvin)

3) Preset White Balance

CF Memory Card

1) Full frame 2) Thumbnail (4 or 9 segments) 3) Zoom 1) Full frame 2) Thumbnail (4 or 9 segments) 3) Zoom

4) Slideshow 5) RGB histogram indication 6) Shooting Data 4) Slideshow 5) RGB histogram indication 6) Shooting Data

7) Highlight Point Display 8) Auto image rotation

9) Retouch history

7) Highlight Point Display 8) Auto image rotation

Type-B Brite Clear Matte Screen Mark V with superimposed focus brackets

Type-B Brite Clear Matte Screen Mark V with superimposed focus brackets and On-Demand grid lines

Focus Area / Sensors

Top Framing Rate

Shutter Speed Range

High ISO Noise Reduction

Top Flash Sync TTL

Auto FP High-Speed Flash Sync

Built-in Flash

Flash Bracketing

Built-in

Flash/Commander Mode

Depth Of Field Preview

Remote Control

Images Per Battery Charge

Dimensions

Weight

3 focus areas; any single area can be selected up to 2.5 frames/second

30 to 1/4,000 seconds in steps of 1/3 EV

Yes

1/500th second

3 focus areas; any single area can be selected up to 3 frames/second

30 to 1/4,000 seconds in steps of 1/3 EV

Yes

1/200th second

11 focus areas; any single area can be selected; center focus area can be switched from normal to wide-frame operation up to 3 frames/second

30 to 1/4,000 seconds in steps of 1/3 or 1/2 EV

Low / Normal / High

1/200th second

11 focus areas or 7 area

Wide-AF mode; any single area can be selected in either mode up to 5 frames/second

30 to 1/8,000 seconds in steps of 1/3 or 1/2 EV

Low / Normal / High

1/250th second

1/8,000th second No No 1/4,000th second

1) Auto flash with auto pop-up 1) Auto flash with auto pop-up 1) Auto flash with auto pop-up

2) Manual pop-up with 2) Manual pop-up with 2) Manual pop-up with button release (P, S, A and M) button release (P, S, A and M) button release

No

No Commander Option

No

No

No Commander Option

No

Manual pop-up with button release

2 to 3 Exposures in increments 2 to 3 Exposures in increments between 1/3 to 2.0 EV between 1/3 to 2.0 EV

Two Group Wireless Commander with SB-800, SB-600 and

SB-R200 Speedlights

Functional with CPU-equipped Nikkor lenses in P, S, A and M Modes

Via ML-L3 wireless remote control (Optional)

Up to 470 (CIPA Standard)

5.0 x 3.7 x 2.5˝

1 lb. 1 oz.

Via ML-L3 wireless remote

Control (Optional)

Up to 520 (CIPA Standard)

5.0 x 2.5 x 3.7˝

1 lb. 1 oz.

2,700 (Nikon Standard)

5.2 x 4.1 x 3.0˝

1 lb. 5 oz.

Via 10-pin remote terminal

1,800 (Nikon Standard)

5.8 x 4.4 x 2.9˝

1 lb. 13 oz.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

164

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D2H

S

Pro Digital SLR for Action and Sports Photographers

Time is of the essence to photojournalists heavily involved in action or sports photography.

Capturing the moment demands instant response, high speed, accuracy, and logical design for ease of handling and operation. Image quality must be exceptional. And, these images must be deliverable into the workflow and out to the viewer quickly. Designed exclusively for photojournalists and sports/action photographers, the D2Hs features the fastest full system performance in a digital SLR camera, setting the standard in speed and accuracy while achieving exceptional image quality.

The D2Hs offers instant start-up, an almost imperceptible shutter time lag of just 37ms, and is capable of continuously shooting 8 frames per second for a continuous burst of up to 50 images at 4.1-megapixel resolution. It incorporates an 11-sensor autofocus system with 9 cross type sensors and versatile performance, DX format 4.1-megapixel JFET imaging sensor called

‘LBCAST’, and a bright 2.5˝ LCD monitor. Advanced capabilities include optional IEEE802.11b/g wireless transmission and remote control and GPS support.

FEATURES

Designed for Action and

Sports Photography

◆ High-speed image processing, high performance hardware components and huge buffer capacity lets you shoot at 8 frames per second (fps) for up to 50 consecutive JPEG,

40 TIFF or 40 RAW (NEF) full-resolution images of 2,464 x 1,632 pixels in size.

◆ That’s the fastest total number of continuous shots available on a digital SLR.

The frame rate remains consistent when any combination of the D2H’s focus points is selected, or even when older, non-CPU based Nikkor lenses are used.

◆ Combine this and other optimized systems with instant power-up and short class-leading shutter release time lag of just 37 milliseconds

- speed that is comparable to the legendary

Nikon F5, and you have a camera that is fast enough to realize the feel of a true professional digital SLR.

◆ The D2H is equipped with a further refined version of the durable and precise doublebladed shutter mechanism used on Nikon’s

F5 pro SLR. Shutter speeds from 1/8,000 to

30 seconds are available, or you can opt to use Bulb exposure. Flash sync speed is 1/250 of a second.

LBCAST 4.1-megapixel JFET Imaging Sensor

The D2Hs features a 4.1-megapixel imaging sensor called LBCAST (Lateral Buried Charge

Accumulator and Sensing Transistor Array). The sensor’s technology and performance meets the challenging needs of photojournalists and sports/action photographers, and provides the foundation for the D2Hs system’s advanced performance. The sensor is not only capable of producing high image quality, but also delivers high-speed performance. The sensor reads 2 channels of data from each pixel — while also handling brightness data in the same process to achieve maximum image reproduction speed. Additionally, its JFET technology, combined with a host of innovations, enables this sensor to render extremely low noise performance with extraordinary color accuracy, detail, sharpness and overall quality that is unparalleled by any other similarly sized sensor.

◆ ASIC design significantly reduces color artifacts and ‘jaggies’ on oblique lines, while helping improve overall image sharpness.

◆ Signal processing algorithms improve automatic functions such as auto white balance, auto tone control and auto color correction to ensure optimal accuracy for each scene.

◆ Color-processing engine minimizes false colors, while maintaining superior color rendition, accuracy and consistency.

◆ A high signal-to-noise ratio combined with high-level image processing offers enhanced performance at high ISO settings.

◆ The LBCAST sensor meets the needs of the photojournalists and action/sports assignments.

Not only is it optimized to deliver a higher level of Total Image Quality, but also designed for maximum speed and high performance. The LBCAST sensor reads 2 channels of data simultaneously from each pixel while also handling brightness data in the same process to achieve maximum image reproduction speed.

◆ The LBCAST image sensor’s innovative design eliminates the need to perform fixed pattern noise correction or other power-up diagnostics that slow the start-up of other cameras. The

D2H is ready to shoot the instant it is turned on.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

High Performance

◆ The class-leading detection range and flexibility of Nikon’s advanced 11-area

Multi-CAM 2000 AF module features improved focus precision with faster subject acquisition and subject tracking capabilities.

◆ Improved exposure metering system allows

Nikon's 1,005-pixel RGB Exposure/Color

Matrix Metering Sensor to better determine brightness and size of highlight areas and achieve optimum exposure for each shot.

◆ Voice memo feature allows the photographer to record voice memos as WAV files of up to

60 seconds after each shot (auto/manual) or when in playback mode. These memos can be listened to via the built-in speaker when in playback mode or during slideshows.

◆ Has a built-in intervalometer that makes time-lapse photography easy and portable.

◆ External GPS units can be connected via the optional adapter cable (MC-35) to store the latitude, longitude, altitude and UTC

(Coordinated Universal Time) of a shot in the file's metadata.

◆ High-resolution 2.5˝ LCD with 232,000pixels delivers clearer, flicker-free image playback at up to 15x magnification. An improved histogram and selectable RGB

Histogram displays allow for quick, easy and accurate exposure confirmation.

◆ Nikon's intuitive menu navigation uses color coding and large type to further improve operational ease, as do the menu help function, chronological Recent Settings list, and the World Time menu with world map to keep Exif data current across differing time zones.

◆ Adding to the flexibility and efficiency of its three available color mode settings, the D2Hs offers sYCC color space support to JPEG files for a wider gamut that can fully exploit the output capabilities of the latest color printers

◆ Eight manual white balance modes are available plus a Color Temperature mode that lets you select color temperature settings directly from 31 values covering a range between 2,500°K and 10,000°K.

◆ Preset mode allows quick selection from five white balance settings stored in memory to match a frequented venue or other conditions shot under regularly. WB Bracketing for two to nine frames is available in adjustable increments of 10, 20 or 30 MIREDs.

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D2H

S

165

Lightweight, Compact and Durable

◆ The D2Hs is housed in a durable, lightweight and compact magnesium alloy body built to withstand the rigors of professional assignments. The sealing system is designed to cover every possible seam and exposed part to make the body highly resistant to water and dust. You will immediately appreciate the ergonomic layout and size of the buttons and controls.

◆ Operation is both smooth and intuitive, making the D2Hs comfortable in your hand and practical to use, even when wearing gloves. There are Command and Sub Command dials for both horizontal and vertical shooting, large AF-On buttons, and the multi-selector. i-TTL Flash Control and Nikon’s Creative Lighting System

Nikon’s exclusive i-TTL flash control delivers excellent flash exposures, even in bright light conditions. Advanced Wireless Lighting enables total remote operation over the versatile functions of up to four groups of multiple Nikon SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights. The D2Hs is also compatible with the SB-80DX and other earlier Speedlights that use D-TTL flash control.

High Capacity Battery

◆ The D2Hs uses an EN-EL4 lithium-ion rechargeable battery. Compact and lightweight, the EN-EL4 has the energy capacity to realize up to 2,900 images per charge. It is free from “memory effect”, so can be recharged at any time or any level. Discharge cycle characteristics extend battery life, and it performs better when subjected to low temperature conditions.

◆ An accurate status display on the LCD monitor shows the percent of remaining battery charge, the number of shots taken since the last charge, the overall status of the battery’s life, and recommends calibration when necessary. A microchip built into the battery measures discharge capacity and compares it to the full (maximum) capacity recorded when the battery was last calibrated.

Optional Wireless Transmitter

The optional Wireless Transmitter WT-2/2A supports IEEE

802.11g for faster transfer speeds, while maintaining full backward compatibility with IEEE 802.11b networks.

Wireless security options are strengthened and a wider variety of network protocols supported, including the revolutionary PTP/IP protocol that enables complete wireless remote control of the camera from a computer. The D2Hs is also compatible with the Wireless Transmitter WT-1/1A.

Versatile Software Supplied

Updated to better satisfy professional demands, Nikon’s PictureProject software provides fast and easy access to powerful image management, editing and sharing tools. Features include automatic file import, drag-and-drop organization, easy CD/DVD archiving, and plug-in filter support for flexible expandability.

Capture NX Software (optional)

The unique, powerful and expandable environment provides the fullest control over processing Nikon’s RAW (NEF) files for optimum results, and enables extensive remote control and transfer options for all Nikon D-SLR cameras. Version 4.2 incorporates sophisticated new tools to increase productivity and creative control even further.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

166

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D2X

S

12.4-Megapixel Digital SLR

Offering remarkable performance and versatility, the D2Xs is equipped to meet the requirements of today’s most demanding professional photographers. At the heart of the system is a proven 12.4 million-pixel image sensor, advanced image processing engine, and optimized systems that blend high levels of resolution with superb image quality, pure color rendition, and class-leading speed.

The D2xs is capable of capturing 12.4 megapixel JPEG or RAW (NEF) images at a rate of up to 5 fps in continuous shooting mode, and maintains a rapid start-up time, the world's shortest shutter release time lag of just 37ms, as well as a viewfinder blackout time of just 105 milliseconds. The D2xs also features a

High-Speed Crop mode that uses a specific central area of the sensor to capture

6.8 megapixel resolution images at an incredible rate of up to 8 frames per second.

ISO sensitivity options offer greater convenience to photographers who work under constantly changing lighting conditions such as weddings. A 2.5˝, 235,000-pixel LCD monitor allows a 170° wide viewing angle, and is individually calibrated at the factory to ensure consistent color fidelity. The D2xs has a unique Image Authentication feature that can mark the authentication of an image captured by the camera and determine whether or not it has been altered since capture. For even more versatility, using the optional WT-2A Wi-Fi transmitter achieves full wireless remote camera control and transmission.

FEATURES

Highest Image Quality

◆ The CMOS sensor captures 12.4 million effective pixels per image, producing

4,288 x 2,848-pixel images with the high resolution and sharp detail needed for commercial assignments. High-speed

4-channel independent data output contributes to impressive levels of image quality and system speed.

◆ Nikon’s powerful image processing engine combines color independent analog pre-conditioning with improved digital image processing algorithms. This innovative system delivers images with a natural and appealing look that benefits from faithful color reproduction and realistic transitions between areas of different color and tone.

◆ Very large image files are demanded by the industry today. But with Nikon, high image quality is so much more than a matter of megapixels. In fact, a plethora of other highlevel technologies are required to achieve the outstandingly high level of performance that today’s photographers need, and these are exactly what the D2Xs provides.

High-Speed Focusing

Updated to perform even faster and with greater precision in the D2Xs, the 11-area AF system employs

Nikon’s advanced Multi-CAM 2000 AF Sensor Module.

Of these 11 widely spread AF sensors, 9 are cross-type

High-speed Crop mode. The following selection of operating modes is designed to ensure maximum flexibility and optimum performance in different shooting situations.

sensors positioned in the logical rule-of-thirds array.

All 9 cross-type sensors remain active when using

◆ Single-area AF allows you to lock the focus using any one of the 11 AF spot sensors. It has been tuned for the D2Xs to reduce AF hunting for low-contrast subjects.

◆ Dynamic AF with Focus Tracking and Lock-on follows the subject if it moves from its original position once a priority focus area is selected, and ensures accurate focusing by shifting instantly and automatically to the focus area into which the subject has moved.

Options to control he timing of the focus tracking lock-on make it easier to adjust for shooting different types of scenes and action.

◆ Closest Subject Priority Dynamic AF automatically identifies one or more focus areas as needed, to capture the subject the AF system determines to be closest to the camera.

◆ Group Dynamic AF combines groups of AF sensor activity into logical patterns. Both

Dynamic AF and Closest Subject options are available and are useful when shooting moving subjects that remain in a specific area of a framed scene in which a lot of peripheral action might also be taking place.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

World Class Performance

◆ The D2Xs is designed with instant start-up and optimized systems that maximize allround performance for immediate response.

As a result, the D2Xs is ready to shoot whenever a decisive moment may arise. This performance combines with the industry’s shortest shutter release time lag of a mere 37 milliseconds to realize high-resolution photography without compromise.

◆ The D2Xs offers versatility in its selection of continuous shooting speed modes. In addition to taking a total number of 60 consecutive shots, capture 12.4 megapixel files at 5 frames per second for 17 consecutive RAW

(NEF) or 22 JPEG shots.

◆ Use the exclusive High-speed Crop mode to shoot at 8 frames per second for 29 consecutive RAW (NEF) or 38 JPEG shots. Highspeed Crop mode uses data from the central area of the sensor that results in a picture angle comparable to that of a 35mm lens with double the focal length. This offers a useful option when shooting sports, animals or other fast-moving objects from a distance.

◆ Shutter speeds from 30 to 1/8,000 second can be selected in 1/3, 1/2 or 1 EV steps, with

Bulb exposure also available. Flash synchronization is possible using speeds up to 1/250 second, or up to 1/8,000 second when using

AUTO FP High-Speed Sync with an SB-800,

SB-600 or SB-R200 Speedlight.

◆ Nikon’s advanced color reproduction system combines 3 available color modes and corresponding color profile choices to offer a range of color treatments to match specific assignments and workflow environments.

Black & White (sRGB) color mode further expands the in-camera creative possibilities.

◆ Real-time noise reduction that can be applied during image processing may be augmented by long exposure and high ISO noise reduction options, available via the menu.

◆ The D2xs body has exterior styling adopted from a design created by famed designer,

Giorgetto Giugiaro. The body is proportionate and well balanced, with a well designed interface that is intuitive and seamless.

◆ Image Overlay merges a pair of selected

RAW files to create a new composite image within the camera as a RAW, JPEG or TIFF file. Multiple Exposure creates a single image from up to 10 exposures, and can be used with the camera’s built-in interval timer.

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D2X

S

167

Accurate Exposure Metering

◆ To achieve optimum exposure for each shot, Nikon’s acclaimed 1,005-pixel RGB Exposure/

Color Matrix Metering Sensor and advanced algorithms determine the brightness and size of highlight areas, while at the same time evaluating all brightness,

1,005-pixel

RGB

Sensor

Exposure equantization algorithm

Final exposure value color, contrast, selected focus area and subject-to-camera distance

Exposure evaluation algorithm

+/-

Correction

Value information. The results are then referenced against a comprehensive

Estimates overexposed areas onboard database of scenes acquired from actual photographs before high-speed processing calculates the final value to deliver consistent and dependable automatic exposure.

◆ 3D-Color Matrix Metering II is available in High-speed Crop mode, while also optimizing the areas calculated for using Center-weighted metering, Spot metering and i-TTL Flash Control.

◆ Modes and controls for optimizing exposure include [P] Programmed Auto with Flexible

Program, [S] Shutter-priority Auto, [A] Aperture-priority Auto, and [M] Manual. Manual exposure compensation is available from -5 to +5 EV in 1/3, 1/2 or 1 EV steps.

◆ Sensitivity can be manually set between ISO-equivalent 100 and 800 in increments of 1/3 EV, or boosted using the HI-0.3, HI-0.5, HI-0.7, HI-1 or HI-2 settings when high sensitivity is a priority. The three settings between 800 and HI-1 give the D2Xs finer control over sensitivity.

◆ Automatic sensitivity adjustment help achieve optimum exposure while freeing photographers to concentrate on composition. Offering greater control over the range within which AUTO

ISO operates, the D2Xs provides settings to specify the maximum value to which the function can increase sensitivity and the minimum shutter speed at which AUTO ISO will operate.

Flexible and Accurate White Balance Control

◆ Advanced Auto White Balance (AWB) and Auto Tone Control (ATC) systems effectively handle complicated lighting conditions, achieving optimum white balance along with refined color and tone reproduction.

◆ Manual white balance mode selections include Color Temperature mode for directly setting

Kelvin color temperature from 31 values between 2,500K and 10,000K. Preset mode provides quick selection from 5 white balance settings that may be saved to match the lighting conditions in known venues.

Ergonomic Design and Button Layout

The size, layout and operation of each customizable button, control and function is designed for intuitive operation and feedback, minimizing the need to remove the eye from the viewfinder while shooting.

This combines with instant, predictable response to free the photographer to concentrate on composition.

Operation remains consistently comfortable for either horizontal or vertical orientation. The convenient

Function button on the front of the body can be programmed for simpler switching such as in and out of High-speed Crop mode when using continuous shooting.

The eye-level viewfinder features frame coverage of virtually 100% and a 19.9mm eyepoint.

Information bars along the bottom and right edges display the current white balance mode, image quality and size settings, ISO setting and more. The viewfinder also features an improved view within the high-speed Crop mode frame for faster and easier composition.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

168

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D2

XS

2.5˝ LCD Monitor

◆ A 2.5˝ 235,000 -pixel LCD monitor allows a

170° wide viewing angle, and is individually calibrated at the factory to ensure consistent color fidelity. With up to 27x magnification, the LCD permits effective evaluation of sharpness, expression and exposure, and quick confirmation of exposure using the

Histogram or RGB Histogram displays.

◆ Color-coded menu displays and large type for easy recognition and access.

◆ In addition, there are top and rear control panels also designed to convey essential status and settings information at a glance.

Custom Settings Menus

◆ Custom Settings menus are grouped according to basic features for fast and easy access. Up to 4 complete selections of Custom Settings can be stored in the camera’s memory bank, allowing instant switching to the optimized selection for the given assignment.

◆ In addition to displaying the last 8 settings made using the Shooting and Custom

Settings menus, the Recent Settings list adds the ability to delete the current settings, or lock them to prevent accidental changes.

Another menu option also allows camera settings to be saved to or loaded from a memory card, making it convenient to share settings between D2Xs cameras that will be used in similar conditions.

◆ Available from the Shooting menu is the ability to download up to 3 custom tone curves for a wider range of gamma choice to accommodate the diverse demands of different assignments. Menus that maximize practicality and versatility.

Extended Abilities

◆ RAW, TIFF and JPEG images an be trimmed within the camera to produce reduced display sizes ranging from 640 x 480 to 2560 x 1920 pixels. The smaller files help improve workflow efficiency by eliminating the time required to download and perform software editing within a computer.

◆ Connect a compatible GPS unit using the optional MC-35 GPS Adapter Cord and record data on latitude, longitude, elevation and UTC (Coordinated Universal Time) directly to the file for each image.

Image Authentication

The D2xs features a unique Image Authentication feature that, when used with Nikon’s Image

Authentication Software, marks the authentication of an image captured by the camera and can determine whether or not it has been altered since capture. Image data is a critical link in the “chain of evidence” for verifying image authenticity, and D2xs’s hardware and softwarebased solution allows easy, secure authentication of images for a wide range of requirements.

Lithium-ion Battery System

The EN-EL4a rechargeable lithium-ion battery delivers power for up to 3,800 shots per charge. It can be recharged at any time or any level, features extended service life, and performs well at low temperatures The system’s real-time status display gives accurate feedback on the percentage of remaining battery charge, the number of shots taken since the last charge, the overall status of service life, as well as notification when calibration is recommended.

Durable and Reliable

◆ Housed in a lightweight yet highly durable magnesium alloy body, the D2Xs is built to perform reliably under the tough working conditions of professional photographic assignments. Nikon’s enhanced sealing system protects every possible seam and exposed part, making the body resistant to dust and drops of water. A new locking mechanism holds the USB cable’s connector securely and prevents it from being accidentally pulled out of the USB port.

◆ Mechanical systems throughout the camera are enhanced to fully support the speed, precision and durability required by professionals. The double-bladed shutter unit, refined from the field-proven systems on high-end Nikon SLRs, is tested to well over 150,000 cycles.

It employs a mirror balance mechanism that completes its motion cycle and reaches a full stop with virtually no mirror bounce, achieving maximum stability and speed as well as smoother AF detection.

Optional Wireless Transmission

The Wireless Transmitter WT-2/2A supports IEEE

802.11g for maximizing transfer speeds while maintaining backward compatibility with IEEE

802.11b. It may be configured for a wide variety of network and security protocols, and also enables wireless control of the camera from a computer via the Camera Control Pro software option.

Versatile operation means that it is possible to automatically transfer each image as it is shot, or manually select images for transfer. The transfer proceeds invisibly as normal camera operation continues and it is automatically retried if disrupted. Files may be automatically erased from the CompactFlash memory card once successfully transferred.

Supplied Accessories

EN-EL4a Rechargeable Li-ion Battery, MH-21 Quick Charger, Body Cap, AN-D2Xs

Camera Strap, A/V and USB Cable, BM-3 LCD Monitor Cover, BL-1 Battery Chamber

Cover, Type-B Focusing Screen, PictureProject software.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

Nikkor Lenses

Continuing the tradition of employing the Nikon F lens mount, the D2Xs offers seamless compatibility with the comprehensive lineup of high-quality AF and AF-S Nikkor lenses favored by professionals for their superb color, razor-sharp images and consistently excellent autofocus performance.

Digital SLR photographers also have the benefit of choosing from the growing family of custom-designed

DX Nikkor lenses, which provide wider picture angles, higher performance, and outstanding center-to-edgeto-corner image quality. The use of manual Nikkor lenses is also supported.

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

D2

XS

169

Creative Lighting System

The D2Xs works seamlessly with SB-800, SB-600 and SB-R200

Speedlights, delivering the full benefits of i-TTL flash control’s advanced monitor pre-flash, accurate bounce-flash measurement, and comprehensive wireless operation. The SB-800 and SB-600

Speedlights also feature a Wide-Area AF-Assist Illuminator tailored to the D2Xs’s 11-area Multi-CAM 2000 AF Sensor

Module, as well as Auto Zoom flash coverage.

Advanced Wireless Lighting System technology does away with the need for cables and flash meters to provide a totally flexible on-location lighting solution. With an SB-800 or

SU-800 serving as the Commander, up to 3 remote groups consisting of any number of

SB-800, SB-600 or SB-R200 Speedlights may be freely arranged for total lighting control.

Effective Resolution

LCD Display (Size, Pixels)

Image File Formats

Color Modes

Optical Image Stabilization

Focus Type

Exposure Control Sensitivity

Shutter Speed (seconds)

Mirror Lock-Up

Exposure Metering

D2Hs

4.1 Million Pixels

2.5˝, 232,000

NEF (RAW), TIFF-RGB, JPEG

Exif 2.21, DCF 2.0 and DPOF compliant

Full Color

Supports Nikon VR lenses

TTL phase detection, Nikon Multi-CAM 2000 autofocus module

(EV -1 to +19 @ ISO 100)

200 - 1600 (Hi-1 and Hi-2 available)

30 - 1/8000

TTL full-aperture exposure metering system, Center-Weighted

Metering, Spot Metering

External Flash Connection

Max Flash Synchronization Speed

Start-Up Time

Shutter Lag

Time Between Shots

Burst Capability

Compatible Memory Cards

Computer Interface

FTP File Transfer and

PTP/IP Camera Control

Direct Print Capability

Battery Type

Power Adapter

Dimensions (HxWxD) (without lens)

Weight (without battery or lens)

ISO 518 standard-type hot shoe contact; Safety lock mechanism provided ISO 519 standard terminal, lock screw provided

1/250 second

Not Specified

0.037 seconds

Less than 0.5 seconds

8 fps up to 50 consecutive images

CompactFlash Card (Type I & II), MicroDrive

USB 2.0

with optional WT-2/2A (IEEE 802.11b/g) Wireless Transmitter

FTP file transfer compatibility with WT-1/1A (IEEE 802.11b)

PictBridge

EN-EL4 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery (11.1V DC)

EH-6 AC Adapter (optional)

5.9 x 6.2 x 3.4˝

2.4 lbs

D2Xs

12.4 Million Pixels

2.5˝, 230,000

NEF (RAW), TIFF-RGB, JPEG (Fine, Normal, Basic)

EXIF 2.21, DCF 2.0 and DPOF compliant

Adobe RGB (mode I & II), sRGB, Black & White

Supports Nikon VR lenses

Nikon Multi-CAM 2000 TTL phase detection autofocus module

ISO 100 - 800 (HI-0.3, HI-0.5, HI-0.7, HI-1 and HI-2 available)

30 - 1/8000

TTL full-aperture exposure metering system

3D-Color Matrix Metering II (D-/G-type Nikkor lenses)

Matrix Metering (AF Nikkor lenses with built-in CPUs support)

Center-Weighted Metering, Spot Metering

Standard ISO hot-shoe contact with safely lock provided ISO 519 standard terminal, lock screw provided

1/250 second

2 Seconds

0.0037 second

1 second

5 fps up to 21 consecutive images

CompactFlash Card (Type I & II), MicroDrive

USB 2.0

With optional (IEEE 802.11b/g) WT-2/2A Wireless transmitter

EN-EL4a Rechargeable Li-ion Battery (11.1v)

EH-6 AC Adapter (optional)

5.9 x 6.2 x 3.4˝

2.4 lbs

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

170

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

C

APTURE

NX

Next Generation Image Editing for Photographers

Capture NX is an image processing and editing software that gives digital photographers powerful tools complimented by simple and visual operation that streamlines their workflow.

Next generation software, Capture NX inherits the robust RAW (NEF) processing capabilities from Nikon Capture, and combines these with a host of features such as Nik Software’s patented U Point technology, seamless image-browsing and advanced batch-processing capabilities, superior color management control and comprehensive system compatibility with Nikon's Digital Imaging System. Capture NX’s intuitive interface design offers photographers a rewarding experience and delivers powerful performance while maintaining an ease-of-use that is welcomed by enthusiasts of all skill levels.

In addition to providing cutting-edge features and capabilities for Nikon’s Electronic Format

(NEF) files, Capture NX also makes editing and processing of JPEG and TIFF files created by virtually any digital camera simple and easy. With its wide-ranging features, user-friendly interface and powerful performance, Capture NX makes image editing visually intuitive, allowing you to immediately see the effects as they are applied as well as providing access to a wide range of enhancement tools.

FEATURES

Non-Destructive Image Editing

Capture NX applies non-destructive image processing to NEF files, which means that you’ll never compromise your original NEF images or image quality. All enhancements are saved in an Instruction Set along with the original data and Thumbnail. Ordinarily, changes made to a

JPEG or TIFF file will affect its original image data; to avoid this, save as another file name, or use Nikon’s original technology. So instead, your Original JPEG and TIFF images can be saved conveniently as

“converted” NEF files.

NEF Quality

To help you realize more of the potential of NEF, Capture NX utilizes camera settings within any camera-produced NEF file and ensures that parameters set within any Nikon camera-produced NEF file (White

Balance, Sharpening, Color Mode, Saturation, etc.) are applied to the image as originally selected. So your creative picture taking decisions are preserved, and there’s less to do later, when you’re working on your picture on a computer.

Nikon Capture NX Software

(NISWCNX) .................................................................................................................................................................

129.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

C

APTURE

NX

171

U Point Technology

Capture NX uses Nik Software’s patented

U Point technology to give you the results that you envision. This innovation in photo image processing and editing, applicable to Nikon’s

NEF files as well as JPEG and TIFF files, features powerful tools to easily enhance images.

Simply select among the available Control

Points and adjust each point’s sliders until you see the image as you like it. It’s a highly visual, intuitive technique.

Color Control Points:

Color Control Points let you select and isolate an entire image or an area within it for enhancement in minutes. Choose and use any

Color Control Point to modify hue, brightness, saturation, red, green, blue, warmth and contrast within each selected area. When you use multiple Control Points, Capture NX learns to distinguish among the Control Points and effects changes to your desired area-selection. With Color Control Points, it takes just a few seconds to achieve the professional quality image enhancement and control you want!

Black, White, Neutral Control Points:

Black, White and Neutral Control Points can be used to set the dynamic range and correct color casts in your images. Neutral Control

Points can also be used to set color balance in an image. Each Control Point appears on the image and can be dragged from point to point, for precise movement and positioning to a desired effect. Sliders let you adjust their effect for the respective Control Point areas. Neutral

Control Points can be used to set a targeted color to any color available within the color picker. This is useful for removing color casts and toning, even without a neutral object in the scene. Use of multiple Neutral Control

Points helps reduce multiple color casts and enhance selected colors in images. The drag, point and slider control is easy to use, yet very powerful and creative in its effect!

Versatile Functions and Intuitive Photo Editing

Selective Tools: With Capture NX, you get additional tools for selective application of over 25 enhancements.

For example, the Brush tool can paint in or paint out an enhancement, the

Lasso and Marquee tools offer familiar selections, and the Gradient tool can gradually add or remove an effect.

Browser: The Capture NX Browser lets you sort, organize, compare, tag and improve images. Use it to select an image to enhance, rename a series of photographs, or quickly and easily apply a batch process to a group of images.

Batching: By automatically applying one or more enhancements to a series of images, the batch processing of Capture

NX provides superior benefits of simplicity and saved time.

Edit List: For easier, more intuitive editing, the Capture NX Edit List helps you to track, cancel or add new modifications.

Markers: Markers let you create multiple versions of an original NEF image, all within the original image file. Imagine, 2,

6, 8, 10 or more versions within one file!

No need to search your computer to find versions – just open the original NEF and click on the Markers to review them. And no need for extensive hard disk space for many copies of versions. All copies can be contained in one file for convenience and efficiency – the original file’s size changes by a tiny amount! Retain original NEF’s raw versatility, as the original image and each version is securely stored.

Advanced Noise Reduction: Capture NX noise reduction offers the latest, Nikon algorithms to reduce or remove unwanted noise while retaining important details in the image. This tool is especially useful for images shot with high ISO.

Lens Correction Tools (some functions

available for RAW files only): Expand your imaging possibilities with three tools for correcting various lens effects:

Vignette Control can automatically reduce the effect of marginal lumination;

Color Aberration Control can reduce color fringing effects; and Distortion

Control can reduce pincushion and barrel distortion effects.

16-bit image compatibility (available for

RAW and 16-bit TIFF files only): Capture

NX functions are fully compatible with

16-bit images, regardless of whether they originate as NEF or TIFF files. Ensures that all editing enhancements deliver as much detail in your images as possible.

Color Management: Color Management tools makes workflow management more comprehensive. For example, the ability to convert and assign a color profile helps ensure that colors are accurate from your first to last edit. Utilize the Soft Proof tool to view how a specific printer will recreate image colors on your monitor. The

Capture NX print function lets you use an assigned profile to print your images.

D-Lighting: Lets you simultaneously reveal details in shadows and highlights, and correct for areas of underexposure, backlighting or insufficient flash, without altering properly exposed areas or introducing unwanted artifacts. Slider control allows you to select the relationship of brightness to darkness. When used in combination with the NEF Exposure

Compensation tool for restoring lost highlight details, you can recover many images that you might otherwise discard.

Printing: From Editor and Browser, you can print individual images, contact sheets and print packages, while maintaining a fully color-managed workflow.

Show Selection for Accurate Control:

Use the “show selection” feature for each Color

Control Point to see which area of the image is affected by the Color Control Point. This process reverses the image into a black and white view and clearly shows the image areas under adjustment.

Red-Eye Reduction

Thanks to U Point Technology, red-eye can be easily removed. Just place a Red-Eye Reduction

Control Point on each of the offending eyes, and away it goes! With just a few slider adjustments, you can use a Color Control Point to make blue (or any other eye color) eyes brighter, darker or more radiant. With a mere Ctrl-D click, you can duplicate your Color Control Point so you can rest assured that the effect to each eye will be the same.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

172

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

SPEEDLIGHTS

Creative Lighting Made Easy

Innovative Nikon technology has continuously revolutionized flash photography. Trailblazing innovations like Matrix

Balanced Fill-Flash, 3D Multi-Sensor Balanced Fill-Flash, 5-Segment TTL Sensor, Distance Integration and Monitor

Pre-Flash have opened new territory in speedlight functionality. Nikon Speedlights let you shoot complex lighting situations with confidence, so in dim light, or even where there’s no light at all, you can flex your creative muscles and always be assured of great looking pictures.

3D Multi-Sensor Balanced Fill-Flash : The most advanced automatic balanced fill-flash technique. The camera precisely sets the appropriate flash output level using the TTL

Multi Sensor which detects the monitor pre-flashes the speedlight flashes to ‘test’ the scene just before making the exposure.

Matrix Balanced Fill-Flash : In this technique, the matrix meter adjusts exposure for the background and then the flash exposure is controlled. This is done to balance the flash illumination so that it doesn’t overpower the foreground subject.

Rear-Curtain Sync : Rear-curtain sync turns available light into a stream of light that follows the flash-illuminated subject.

This is especially effective at slow shutter speeds.

Slow Sync : Extends the automatically controlled shutter speed range, thus enabling the background details to stand out.

Red-Eye Reduction : Red-eye reduction lamp lights up in advance to contract the subject’s pupils, thus reducing the appearance of red-eye.

FP High-Speed Sync : The flash output continues once the shutter curtain opens until it is fully closed. This allows flash synchronization with shutter speeds from 1/250 to 1/8000 sec.

AF-Assist Illuminator : Nikon AF Speedlights incorporates an autofocus illuminator which projects an LED pattern of light on the subject making it possible to take sharp autofocus pictures even in total darkness.

SPEEDLIGHT SB-400

i-TTL Shoe Mount Flash

Compact and lightweight, the SB-400 provides i-TTL flash operation at an affordable price. It offers a guide number of 30 (ISO 200, m), and effortless bounce flash function. Although designed as a flash unit for entry-level digital SLR users, it is also useful for D2 series digital camera users as a handy flash unit. In combination with cameras compatible with Nikon Creative Lighting System the SB-400 is controlled in i-TTL and D40’s M

(manual) mode. Its flash head can be tilted in 4 steps, horizontal, 60, 75 and 90°, and has a flash shooting distance range from 0.6m to 20m (depends on the ISO setting). Slow Sync, Red-eye Reduction and other flash modes can also be set on the camera body. With the SB-400, users can easily enjoy brighter and more natural lighting for better flash pictures.

◆ Simple, intuitive operation; Put it on, turn it on and shoot!

◆ 18mm angle of coverage with Nikon DX format digital SLR cameras.

◆ Fast 2.5 second recycling time.

◆ Bounce capabilities in 4 steps up to 90°.

◆ Guide number of 98.4 feet at ISO 200

(at 18mm zoom head setting).

◆ Flash shooting distance range from 2 and up to 66 feet.

◆ Flash mode: i-TTL, M (manual with the

D40/D40x only).

◆ Flash exposure control set on the camera:

Slow-sync, red-eye reduction, red-eye reduction in slow sync, rear-curtain sync flash, FV lock flash, manual flash (with digital and 35mm SLR cameras).

◆ Weighs 4.5 oz. without batteries.

◆ Mounting foot lever lock provides secure attachment to camera shoe with a mount pin to prevent accidental detachment.

◆ Operates on two AA-size (1.5v) batteries.

SB-400 (NISB400)

With SS-400 soft case

IMP. 104.95 /USA 109.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

SPEEDLIGHT SB-600

&

SB-800

173

i-TTL Shoe Mount Flashes

Featuring i-TTL (intelligent-through-the-lens) flash control technology, Nikon’s versatile SB-600 and SB-800 Speedlights deliver automatic balance fill-flash and advanced wireless lighting capabilities for outstanding results and creative possibilities. They are also seamlessly compatible with the D80 and D200’s built-in speedlight. The SB-600 effectively integrates with the SB-800, both individually and in arrangements of multiple SB-600/800 speedlights, offering consistent i-TTL control for automatic and accurate lighting for creative and complex situations. Designed for a variety of users ranging from experienced and amateur photographers to beginning enthusiasts, they incorporates a host of features designed to make flash photography simple, accurate and creative.

Photographers using the SB-800 as the Controller can employ up to three groups of compatible Speedlights, with any quantity of compatible SB-600 and SB-800 speedlights within each of the three groups, to achieve Advanced Wireless i-TTL exposure control. Most major functions of the SB-600 can be controlled remotely by the master SB-800. The SB-600 can be remotely controlled either in i-TTL mode or manual mode for maximum creativity.

FEATURES

◆ They are compatible with every TTL exposure mode of every film and digital

Nikon camera made in the past 50 years.

– They realize full i-TTL control when used with the D50, D80, D200, D2Xs and D2Hs.

– D-TTL control with Nikon D1 series or D100

– TTL Auto Flash control when used with many Nikon film SLR cameras.

◆ Full support for Nikon Advanced wireless

TTL operation, and can function as a remote flash when controlled by the SB-800 or the

D70 digital SLR’s built-in speedlight.

◆ Auto FP High Speed Sync Mode allows them to fire at up to 1/8000 second shutter speed when used with the D2Xs, D2Hs and D200.

◆ Built-in modeling flash fires a stroboscopic burst of light for approximately one second, allowing photographers to visually confirm lighting and shadow effects before shooting.

◆ FV (Flash EV) Lock lets you change the composition or zoom for the shot while maintaining desired lighting of the subject.

Operates in i-TTL and FP mode.

◆ Full manual with power ratios from full power to 1/64 (SB-600) or 1/128 (SB-800) power, in 1/2 step increments for independent flash output control and lighting effects.

◆ Rotating flash head tilts horizontally and vertically. Front/side ready-light indicators.

◆ Custom settings allow you to personalize the speedlight according to selected preferences.

◆ Equipped with a wide area illuminator that assumes autofocus assist functions in low light conditions.

◆ They include AS-19 stand with tripod connector and soft case.

SB-800 Only

◆ Distance Priority manual flash mode, for automatic power setting of manual mode flash based on f/stop, distance and ISO.

◆ Supplied SD-800 Quick Recycling Battery

Pack adds a fifth battery to shorten recycle time to as little as 2.9-seconds.

◆ Includes TN-A1 tungsten and FL-G1 fluorescent filters and SW-10H Diffusion Dome.

Electronic Construction

SB-800 SB-600

Automatic Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) and series circuitry

Guide Number 38 (ISO 100, m), 53 (ISO 200, m) 30 (ISO 100, m), 42 (ISO 200, m)

(with zoom head set at 35mm) (with zoom head set at 35mm)

Angle of Coverage

Flash Modes

Minimum Recycling Time

Auto power zoom 24mm – 105mm Auto power zoom 24mm – 85mm

17mm, 14mm w/ built-in wide-flash adapter 14mm w/ built-in wide-flash adapter i-TTL; D-TTL; Auto Aperture; Non-TTL Auto;

Manual (Full ~ 1/128 output);

Distance-Priority Manual; Repeating Flash;

Red-Eye Reduction

Approx. 2.9 seconds (Manual at full) i-TTL; D-TTL; Manual

(Full ~ 1/64 output);

Red-Eye Reduction

Approx. 4 seconds (Manual at full)

Number of Flashes

Bounce Capability

Dimensions (W x H x D)

Weight (without batteries)

Approx. 130 (Manual at full)

Flash head tilts down to -7°, or up to 90°; flash head rotates horizontally 180° left or 90° right

Approx. 70.5 x 129.5 x 93.0mm

Approx. 350g

Approx. 200 (Manual at full)

Flash head tilts up to 90°; flash head rotates horizontally 180° left or 90° right

Approx. 68.0 x 123.5 x 90.0mm

Approx. 300g

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

174

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

R1 & R1C1

Wireless Close-up Speedlight Systems

Greatly enhancing the versatility of Nikon’s Creative Lighting System, the R1 and R1C1 offers photographers using Nikon i-TTL capable SLRs, including D-70, D-70s, D-80, D-200,

D2Hs and D2Xs a compelling way to get outstanding results with their close-up photography while bringing an amazing level of simplicity and automation to the lighting process. Designed to seamlessly fit within Nikon’s i-TTL Wireless

Creative Lighting System, the R1C1 includes the SU-800 Wireless Speedlight

Commander, two SB-R200 Wireless Remote Speedlights and a host of useful accessories and mounting adapters all neatly packaged in one complete kit. The

R1 is identical with the exception of the SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander.

The R1 is designed to take advantage of Nikon i-TTL digital SLR cameras that feature a

Wireless Commander built into the camera’s on-board Speedlight system, such as the D70, D70s, D80 and D200.

FEATURES

SB-R200 Wireless

Remote Flash Head

SU-800 Wireless

Speedlight Commander

◆ Enable superb close-up lighting control with exceptional flexibility and innovative options

◆ Producing desired close-up lighting effects is straightforward and uncomplicated

◆ Up to three remote groups and four cchannels consisting of two SB-R200’s can be arranged to enable creative lighting from the left, right, above or below the subject

◆ SB-R200 can be tilted up to 60° to accommodate lenses with short working distances

◆ Flash compensation or Flash ratio control for desired lighting effects

◆ SX-1 Master Attachment Ring accommodates up to eight SB-R200 Speedlights (off-camera), up to four (on camera)

◆ SB-800 and/or SB-600 Speedlights can be combined and controlled for additional creative lighting effects

◆ Auto FP High-Speed Sync available (with compatible cameras)

SB-R200 Wireless Remote Speedlights

Small and versatile, the SB-R200’s give you unlimited creative options in close-up photography and other lighting. They attach easily o the front of the lens via the supplied SX-1 Attachment

Ring, which accommodates up to four units for shadowless, full - surround illumination of small objects. Alternatively, they can be mounted on the supplied AS-20 stands and freely positioned for desired lighting effects. When the SX-1 is detached from the lens, up to eight SB-R200s can be mounted on the ring, creating a powerful and controllable wireless mono-light.

SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander

When you attach the SU-800 to the hot shoe of compatible Nikon cameras, you add a powerful i-TTL tool that enables you to wirelessly coordinate the independent operation of two groups

(A, B) of SB-R200’s in Close-Up mode, or three groups (A, B, C) of compatible Speedlights in

Commander mode. In either mode, the SU-800 manages flash output with exceptional precision, automatically delivering the light level dictated by the camera’s metering systems and supports both Automatic Balanced Fill - Flash and, with compatible cameras, Auto FP High-Speed Sync.

It’s clear, bright LCD makes it easy to select and monitor all settings, so producing your desired multiple-flash lighting effect is as straightforward and uncomplicated as using a single Speedlight.

Packaged as complete systems, the R1 and R1C1 are designed to produce automated creative close-up lighting solutions without any clutter or hassle of connecting cables. The systems come in a sturdy and fitted system case that includes all the accessories and adapters a photographer may need to begin capturing beautifully illuminated pictures immediately.

The SB-R200, SU-800 and all the accessories are also available separately.

R1 Wireless Close-Up Speedlight Flash System (Macro Kit B): Includes two SB-R200

Wireless Remote Speedlights, SX-1 Attachment Ring, SS-MS1 Close-Up Speedlight Kit Case, two SS-R200 Flash Head soft case, SS-SX1 soft case, SG-31R IR panel for built-in flash,

SW-C1 Flexible Arm Clip, two SW-11 Extreme Close-Up Positioning Adapters, SW-12

Diffuser, and an Adapter Ring Kit (NIR1SS) .......................................................................389.95

R1C1 Wireless Close-Up Speedlight Flash System with Commander SU-800

(Macro Kit A): Same system as above with the additional SU-800 Wireless Speedlight

Remote Commander (NIR1C1SS) .......................................................................................624.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

R1 & R1C1 Accessories

Included acessories also sold separately.

SX-1 Attachment

Ring that is used to attach the two

SB-R200s to the front of the lens.

(NISX1) ................54.95

SG-3IR IR Panel for

Built-in Flash: Prevents pre-flash light from built-in Speedlight

(D70s, D80 or D200) from influencing exposures in extreme close-up situations

(NISG3IR) .............11.95

SX-1

SG-31R

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

R1 & R1C1

Speedlight SB-600 & SB-800 Accessories

SK-6 Power Bracket (NISK6) External power unit and mounting bracket combination. Reduces flash recycling by half while nearly doubling the amount of available flashes. Offers convenient, adjustable side-mounted handle for entire camera/speedlight system, or for creative lighting effects when unit is detached from camera.

Camera, flash and all other necessary connections are made within this single unit. Requires 4 AA batteries. Compatible with the SB-800 and

D50, D70s, D80, D200, D2 series........................................................259.95

SU-4 TTL Wireless Slave Flash Controller

(NISU4SG2)

Attached to Nikon Speedlight and many previous models, the SU-4 enables wireless remote slave flash with automatic TTL or manual exposure control. The SU-4 detects the firing of the master flash (including built-in speedlights) and sends firing start signal to the slaved unit. The SU-4 stops the firing of the slaved flash by detecting the firing stop of the master flash.

Eliminates the use of connecting cords. Operates up to 23´ from the location of the main flash....................................................................74.95

SU-4

SK-6

175

SC-29

SJ-R200

Adapter Ring Set: Enables SX-1 to be attached to lenses with filter attachment sizes of ø52mm,

ø62mm, ø67mm, ø72mm, and ø77mm

SJ-R200 Color Filter Set: 4 filters in 4 models

SW-11

SW-12

SW-11 Extreme

Close-Up Positioning

Adapter (2): Angles the

SB-R200’s flash light toward the optical axis to create lighting effects when taking extreme close-up shots

(NISW11) ...................Call

SW-12 Translucent Diffuser Panel: Provides the ability to bounce and/or soften light (NISW12)

SW-C1 Flexible Arm

Clip: Used to mount

SW-12 Diffuser to the

SX-1 Attachment Ring.

Clamp design allows mounting to other objects, adding flexibility

(NISWC1) ...............39.95

SW-C1

SS-MS1 Close-up

Speedlight Outfit Case:

SS-MS1

Houses complete System and included accessories plus space for an additional

SB-R200 Speedlight (NISSM1) .......................Call

SC-28 AS-15

SC-28 TTL Remote Cord (NISC28)

A 3´ coiled cord, the SC-28 provides full TTL control for the SB-600 and SB-800 when used off-camera with D80, D200, D2Hs and D2Xs.

Permits easy use of flash when the camera is mounted upon a bracket...........................54.95

AS-15 Sync Terminal Adapter (NIAS15)

Compatible with the D50, D70s and D80 which feature a standard ISO-type accessory shoe but lack a sync terminal for large studio strobes ..18.95

SD-8A

AS-19

SC-29

Off-Camera TTL Cord

(NISC28)

The SC-29 mounts to the camera’s hot shoe, enabling an attached SB-600, SB-800 flash to accurately autofocus in low light when placed on a flash bracket, for beautiful shadowless lighting. The cord incorporates an AF illuminator at the mounting point that overrides the SB-600/SB-800’s AF Illuminator eliminating any discrepancies when using them off-camera ...........................................

74.95

SD-8A High Performance Battery Pack

(NISD8A) Shortens flash recycling time by as much as 60 to

75% and more than doubles flash capacity.

Operates on 6 AA alkaline, lithium or nicad batteries.

Compatible with the SB-800 Speedlite as well as the SK-6

Power Bracket ............................................................134.95

AS-19 Speedlight Stand

(NIAS19) Lets you set up your flash on any flat surface. Compatible with almost all Nikon flashes ...........................................................7.95

SJ-1 Color Filter Set (NISJ1)

Includes 20 color-balancing filters developed for

Nikon cameras and designed to either compensate for flash or to add creative expression: TN-A1 and

TN-A2 Tungsten Balancing and FL-G1 and FL-G2

Fluorescent Balancing in clear, red, yellow, blue, and amber. For the SB-600 and SB-800 ........19.95

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

176

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

ACCESSORIES

Remote Control Accessories for the D200/D2Hs/D2Xs

Nikon remote controls let you stay out-of-sight while your camera stays within range. Now you can shoot without disturbing the action.

MC-30 MC-36 MC-12B MC-21

ML-3 Modulite Remote Control Set (NIML3)

10-pin auto triggering device with delayed shutter release for the

D200, D2Hs and D2Xs. The ML-3 offers remote control for two separate channels via an infrared LED beam, enabling automatic operation from up to 26´ of Auto triggering, delayed shutter release, single and continuous shooting are possible. Transmitter is powered by two AAA batteries, the receiver by the camera ....................164.95

MC-30 Remote Cord (NIMC30)

A 32˝ standard (10-pin) remote release cord that enables remote firing of a camera with trigger-lock function by keeping the shutter release button depressed—useful for bulb shooting ...............54.95

MC-21 Extension Cord (NIMC21)

9.9´ extension cord that’s used with the MC-22 or MC-30.....63.95

MC-36 Remote Cord (NIMC36) : 2.8´ cord enables remote firing of a camera, and setting of interval timer and Long Time Exposure.

Incorporates an illuminated LCD panel ................................129.95

MC-23 Connecting Cord (NIMC23)

The MC-23 is 1.3´ cord for connecting two cameras for simultaneous or synchronized shutter release ....................................................64.95

MC-25 10-Pin Adapter Cord (NIMC25)

An 8˝ adapter cord, the MC-25 enables use of two- or three-pin

Nikon remote accessories like the MR-3 and MC-12B with the

10-pin remote terminal of the D200, D2Hs and D2Xs. .............59.95

MC-12B Remote Trigger Cord (NIMC12B)

Equipped with convenient handgrip, trigger release button and trigger lock lever, the MC-12B provides remote control photography up to 2.6´ away. Depressing the button halfway turns on the camera’s exposure meter, depressing fully, releases the shutter .................39.95

MC-22 Remote Cord (NIMC22)

3.3-ft. cord useful for making connections to a shutter -triggering device, such as those activated by an infra-red sensor to take pictures of wildlifer after dark ....................................................................49.95

D2Hs and D2Xs Eyepiece Accessories

DR-5 Right Angle Viewing Attachment (NIDR5)

Provides an upright, unreversed image for right-angle viewing, very convenient for waistlevel or low-angle photography. Individual eyesight adjustment is possible with the built-in diopter, and the reproduction ratio can be set to 1:1 or 1:2 .............................................184.95

DG-2 Eyepiece Magnifier (NIDG2)

2x Magnification of image area’s center is obtained with the DG-2 Magnifier, flips up to quickly view the entire image area when needed. With a rubber eyecup and dioptric correction ranging from -5 to +1 ............59.95

DK-17 Eyepiece (NIDK17)

Standard eyepieces supplied with Nikon SLR cameras have no corrective value and are for dust protection only .................................14.95

DK-17M

DG-2

DR-5

DK-17A

DK-17C Neutral Diopter (NIDK17C) .........17.95

DK-17C +1 Diopter (NIDK17CP1) ..............17.95

DK-17C +2 Diopter (NIDK17CP2) ..............17.95

DK-17C -3 Diopter (NIDK17CM3) ..............17.95

DK-17C -2 Diopter (NIDK17CM2) ..............17.95

DK-17A Anti-fog Finder Eyepiece (NIDK17A)

The Anti-Fog eyepiece uses specially treated advanced-process glass, which prevents condensation or fogging. Designed for use in warm and humid or cold weather, when fogging is most likely to occur ..................24.95

DK-17M Magnifying Eyepiece (NIDK17M) ..42.95

DK19 Rubber Eyecup (NIDK19)

Allows for more comfortable viewing, especially for eyeglass users, with less stray light entering the viewfinder.......................8.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

Close-up Attachment Lenses

Nikon’s easy-to-use close-up lenses screw directly into the front thread of your lens–a simple, easy way to increase magnification. Even when attached, you can still use automatic exposure control and TTL metering. To improve image contrast and reduce flare, lenses are treated with Nikon Integrated Coating.

Close-up lenses 1 and 2 are for lenses with a focal length up to 55mm. 3T, 4T, 5T and 6T are two-element achromatic lenses that ensure a high image quality. 3T and 4T work best with

85mm to 200mm lenses, and 5T and 6T with lenses from 70mm to 210mm. 5T and 6T have a

62mm front attachment size; all others 52mm.

The higher the lens numbers, the closer you can focus. For the prime lens, the longer the focal length the greater the reproduction ratio you can obtain. Use singularly or in combination.

52mm #1 Close-up Lens (NICUL152)...........

39.95

52mm #2 Close-up Lens (NICUL252)...........

39.95

52mm #3T Close-up Lens (NICUL3T52) .....

39.95

52mm #4T Close-up Lens (NICU4T52)........

39.95

62mm #5T Close-up Lens (NICUL5T62) .....

49.95

62mm #6T Close-up Lens (NICUL6T62) .....

49.95

PK/PN Auto Extension Rings

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

NIKON CLOSE-UP ACCESSORIES

177

Bellows Focusing Attachment and Accessories

PB-6D Bellows Spacer

PB-6 Bellows Focusing Attachment (NIPB6)

A real gem of the Nikon close-up photography system is the superbly crafted PB-6. A twist of the knob lets you vary the lens extension at will, producing frame-filling images of the most minute subjects. Provides continuously variable extension from

48mm to 208mm .................................................................279.95

(NIPB6D)

Enables you to move a camera on the PB-6 rail without interference. The PB-6D also allows horizontal/vertical changeover anywhere along the rail. Two PB-6Ds are needed with the PB-6; three are needed when using the PB-6E .........................69.95

PB-6E Extension Bellows (NIPB6E)

Attaches to the PB-6 for magnification to an astounding 23x life-size when using a 20mm wide angle lens in reverse position ..............................................189.95

PS-6 Slide Copying Adapter (NIPS6)

Used with the PB-6 and a Nikkor lens to make duplicate slides. Cropping of the original is possible ................................139.95

PB-6M Macro Copy Stand (NIPB6M)

A stand for small items that attaches to the

PB-6 Bellows Focusing Unit...................59.95

PG-2 Focusing Stage (NIPG2)

Simplifies close-up focusing when using a camera or camera plus motor drive mounted on a tripod ............................................169.95

BR-2A Macro Adapter Ring (NIBR2A)

Fits between the camera and lens to enable reversemounting of lenses. It is an inexpensive means of obtaining a relatively high reproduction ratio. The

BR-2A also increases the working distance for normal or wide angle lenses. Compatible with lenses with a

52mm filter size .......................................................29.95

BR-5 Macro Adapter Ring (NIBR5)

Needed when using the BR-2A Macro

Adapter Ring with lenses that have a 62mm front attachment size ..............................29.95

BR-3 Adapter Ring (NIBR3)

Converts the bayonet mount of reverse mounted lenses to the 52mm thread used for filters and hoods .....................................34.95

Miscellaneous Accessories

Nikon’s Auto Extension Rings mount on or off your camera in seconds for a wide range of reproduction ratios. They fit between the camera body and lens either alone or in combinations, and retain automatic diaphragm and meter coupling with Nikon lenses. This means can compose, focus and meter at the brightest fullest aperture position without having to manually stop down the lens before shooting. They also allow automatic exposure control.

PN-11 (NIPN11).................................................

96.95

PK-11A (NIPK11A)............................................

74.95

PK-12 (NIPK12) .................................................

74.95

PK-13 (NIPK13) .................................................

79.95

WT-2A MH-21

EN-EL4/A BM-3 BL-1/2

WT-2A Wireless Transmitter

(NIWT2A) With the WT-2A you can instantly transmit images to your LAN computer-access point using 802.11b/g technology ...................599.95

WA-E1 Extended Range

Antenna (NIWAE1) .......118.95

EN-EL4

Rechargeable Lithium-ion

Battery (NIENELA) .......109.95

EN-EL4A

Rechargeable Lithium-ion

Battery (NIENELA) .......109.95

MH-21 Quick Charger

(NIMH21) ......................119.95

EH-6 AC Adapter

(NIEH6) ...........................74.95

BM-3 LCD Monitor Cover

(repl.) (NIBM3) .................9.95

Battery Chamber Covers (repl.)

BL-1 (repl.) (NIBL1) .......17.95

BL-2 f/WT-1A (NIBL2) ...22.95

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

178

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

AF-S DX NIKKOR LENSES

The latest additions to Nikon’s world-class Nikkor lens line-up, the DX Nikkor series was developed in response to the demands of professional and advanced amateur digital SLR users for higher optical performance. Nikon created the DX

Nikkor series to provide Nikon DX-format digital SLR users with greater wideangle covering power. Mounting a 35mm format 14mm wideangle lens, for example, onto a digital camera would result in a picture angle of a 21mm lens—negating the benefit of wideangle coverage. DX Nikkor, the first interchangeable lenses designed specifically for use with Nikon

DX-format digital SLRs, offer wideangle shooting capability in a compact, lightweight package.

Nikon offers ten DX Nikkor lenses—various zoom lenses and the 10.5mm Fisheye—to cover a range of shooting situations.

In addition to lenses with popular zoom ranges, the lineup includes zoom lenses with telephoto ranges that extend up to

200mm (equivalent to 300mm in 35mm format), including the 18-200mm with an astonishing 11x zoom power.

10.5mm f/2.8G ED Fisheye

(NI10.528AF)

Fisheye lens developed exclusively for use with Nikon DX format, it is equivalent to 16mm focal length on 35mm, providing an ultra wide picture angle of 180° wi th optimal image quality from center-to edge-to-corner on the image. Minimum focus distance of 5.5˝, or 1.2˝ from the lens front, makes extreme close-ups possible. Close-Range Correction (CRC) provides high performance for sharper images when taking pictures up close Extra-Low Dispersion (ED) glass element minimizes chromatic aberration. Nikon D-type design provides precise distance information for flash and ambient light exposure processes. Built-in flower-type lens hood.

Includes soft lens case.................................................................................IMP. 569.95 / USA 589.95

12-24mm f/4G ED-IF

(NI12244GAFS)

2x zoom ratio and variable angle-of-view from 99° at 12mm to 61° at 24mm (equivalent to an

18-36mm lens in 35mm). Exclusive Silent Wave Motor enables ultra-high-speed autofocusing with exceptional accuracy and powerful super-quiet operation. M/A mode enables instant switching from autofocus to manual with virtually no time lag even during AF servo operation. Nikon D-type design provides precise distance information for flash and ambient light exposure processes. Rounded diaphragm to make out-of-focus elements appear more natural 11.8˝ close focusing distance throughout zoom range. It includes an HB-23 lens hood.

The filter size is 77mm................................................................................IMP. 894.95 / USA 909.95

17-55mm f/2.8G IF-ED

(NI175528GAF)

Fast, ultra-wide angle zoom lens with Silent Wave Motor, this G-type Nikkor lens has no aperture rings, and offers easier, virtually mistake-free operation because the aperture does not need to be set to minimum.

Equivalent focal length in 35mm is 25.5-85.5mm. Three ED (Extra-low Dispersion) glass elements minimize chromatic aberration, provide higher resolution and superior contrast. Three aspherical lens elements minimize distortion, especially at the periphery, for superior optical performance. M/A mode allows rapid switching between autofocus and manual even during AF servo operation, with virtually no time lag. Internal Focusing (IF) design for smoother focusing and great body balance. Includes

HB-31 lens hood, CL-1120 soft lens case. Filter size is 77mm ........................IMP. 1179.95 / USA 1199.95

18-55mm f/3.5-5.6G ED II

(NI185535GAF)

Ultra-compact 3x zoom provides superb versatility in a wide variety of shooting situations (equivalent to a 27-82.5mm lens in 35mm format). Silent Wave Motor (SWM) with compact rod-type design enables ultra-high speed autofocusing with exceptional accuracy and super-quiet operation. Hybrid aspherical element ensures high resolution and contrast. Focus Mode switch enables quick-switching between A

(Autofocus) and M (Manual Focus). 7-blade rounded diaphragm for more natural out-of-focus highlights.

Nikon Super Integrated Coating minimizes ghosting and flare to provide even higher contrast and more vivid images, even in challenging light conditions. Filter size is 52mm....IMP. 149.95 / USA 169.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

AF-S DX NIKKOR LENSES

179

Z O O M L E N S E S

18-70mm f/3.5-4.5G ED-IF

(NI187035GAF)

Compact 3.8x zoom covers portrait to wide view (equivalent to an 18-36mm lens in

35mm). Three Nikon ED glass elements, plus aspheric element for low distortion and minimized chromatic aberration. Silent Wave Motor for high-speed auto-focusing with accuracy and super-quiet operation. Internal Focusing (IF) for smoother operation and great balance. M/A mode for instant switching from auto-focus to manual. Includes

HB-32 lens hood, soft lens case. Filter size is 67mm ..................IMP. 309.95 / USA 349.95

18-135mm f/3.5-5.6G ED-IF

(NI18135GAFS)

Versatile, high-power 7.5x zoom, it is equivalent to a 28-200mm lens in 35mm SLR.

Extra-Low Dispersion (ED) glass element delivers superior optical performance. ED glass minimizes chromatic aberrations, contributing to superb contrast and resolution performance. Internal Focus (IF) provides fast and quiet auto focusing without changing the length of the lens, retaining subject-working distance through the focus range. Focus as close as 1.47-ft throughout the zoom range. Non-Rotating front element provides for convenient use of circular polarizing filters and the SB-R200 Wireless

Close-Up Speedlight System. Compact Silent Wave Motor (SWM) enables fast and quiet autofocusing, along with quick switching between autofocus and manual operation (M/A and M). 67mm filter attachment size. Includes HB-32 lens hood, soft lens case. Filter size is 67mm .......................................................IMP. 309.95 / USA 329.95

18-200mm f/3.5-5.6G ED-IF with VR II

(NI1820035ED)

Equivalent to a 27-300 lens in 35mm format, this 11x zoom offers a perfect compact and lightweight, one lens solution. Enhanced VR II Vibration Reduction makes it possible to take substantially sharper handheld pictures at slower shutter speeds than would otherwise be possible—offers the equivalent of using a shutter speed 4 stops faster. Silent Wave Motor for fast quiet focusing. Two ED glass and three aspherical lens elements minimize chromatic aberration, astigmatism and other forms of distortion, while ensuring high resolution and contrast. Nikon Super Integrated Coating (SIC) offers superb color reproduction while minimizing ghosting and flare. Seven-blade rounded diaphragm opening achieves a natural blur for out-of-focus elements. Enables focusing from as close as 20˝ from the subject through its entire focal range. M/A mode for rapid switching between autofocus and manual focus operation. Includes soft lens case and HB-35 flower-shaped lens hood to greatly reduces stray light. Filter size is 72mm .................................................IMP. 749.95 / USA 749.95

55-200mm f/4-5.6G ED-IF with VR

(NI55200GAF)

Versatile and compact 3.6x zoom (equivalent to 82-300mm in 35mm) brings the action to the photographer. Ideal for portraiture, family, sports, nature and wildlife. Nikon’s VR (Vibration

Reduction) reduces the effects of camera shake, allowing hand-held shooting at up to 3 shutter speeds slower than would otherwise be possible for dramatically sharper images.

ED (Extra-Low Dispersion) glass element minimizes chromatic aberration, contributing to superior optical performance. Silent Wave Motor enables ultra-high speed autofocusing with exceptional accuracy and super-quiet operation. Focus mode switch enables quick switching between A (Autofocus) and M (Manual Focus). 9-blade rounded diaphragm provides more natural out-of-focus highlights. Includes HB-34 lens hood; CL-0815 soft lens case. Filter size is 52mm.........................................................................IMP. 169.95 / USA 169.95

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

180

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

AF NIKKOR LENSES

When it comes to choosing photographic equipment, perhaps the most important decision a photographer faces is which lens system to use. For the majority of professional photographers, that choice is simple: Nikkor. The reasons for this are many, not the least of which is Nikon’s total commitment to controlling every aspect of lens manufacturing. This no-compromise attitude toward manufacturing extends performance. For each Nikkor lens is designed to function seamlessly with Nikon SLRs. This is exemplified most clearly in the legendary Nikon F mount. Even the most advanced Nikkor lenses incorporate this standard for its consistency and reliability. This design also ensures that when

Nikon introduces new cameras with revolutionary features such as 3D Color Matrix Metering and Multi-Sensor Balanced

Fill-Flash, you’ll always have an array of lenses available to handle these advances.

AF D-type Nikkor Lenses

AF Nikkor D-type lenses are special because they relay subject-tocamera distance information to AF Nikon camera bodies that use the information. This makes possible new technologies like Nikon’s 3D

Color Matrix Metering and 3D Multi-Sensor Balanced Fill-Flash.

Aspherical Lens Elements

Nikon introduced the first photographic lens with aspherical lens elements in 1968. Aspherical lenses minimize the problem of coma and other types of lens distortion—even when used at the widest aperture.

They are particularly useful in correcting the distortion in wide-angle lenses. In addition, use of aspherical lenses contributes to a lighter and smaller and lens design.

ED Glass

Nikon developed ED (Extra-low Dispersion) glass to make telephoto lenses that offer superior sharpness and color correction by minimizing chromatic aberration. (Chromatic aberration is a type of image and color distortion that occurs when light rays of varying wavelengths pass through optical glass). ED lenses deliver stunning sharpness and contrast even at their largest maximum apertures.

Nikon Integrated Coating (NIC)

To enhance the performance of lens elements, Nikon employs sophisticated multi-layer coating to help reduce ghost and flare to negligible levels. Nikon Integrated Coating (NIC) minimizes reflections over a wide wavelength range, and enhances color balancing. It is carefully integrated into the design of each Nikkor lens type, with the coatings calculated to match the lens type and glass.

Close-Range Correction System

Providing superior picture quality at close focusing distances and increasing the close focus range, the Close-Range Correction (CRC) system is one of Nikon’s most important focusing innovations. With

CRC, the lens elements are configured in “floating element” design wherein each lens group moves independently to achieve focusing.

This ensures superior lens performance even when shooting very close.

Internal Focusing

Imagine being able to focus a lens without it changing in size. Nikon’s IF technology enables just that. All internal optical movement is limited to the interior of the non-extending lens barrel. This allows for a more compact, lightweight construction as well a closer focusing distance.

Nano-Crystal Coat

Nano-Crystal Coat (NCC) is derived from Nikon’s exclusive nano-technology. Using microscopic crystal particles, NCC endows a lens with a super-low refractive index, providing superior anti-reflective properties that virtually eliminate ghosting and flare and provide clear and vivid images when shooting under strong sunlight or inside under spotlights.

AF-S Technology

AF-S lenses feature Nikon’s Silent Wave Motor (SWM) which converts

“traveling waves” into rotational energy to focus the optics. This enables high-speed autofocusing that’s extremely accurate and quiet.

M/A Mode

AF-S lenses also feature Nikon’s exclusive M/A mode, that allows switching from autofocus to manual operation with virtually no time lag – even during AF servo operation.

Vibration Reduction System

Stability is critical for telephoto and close-up photography. Nikon

Vibration Reduction (VR) technology automatically compensates for camera shake to ensure sharp pictures at slower shutter speeds. If you can steadily hand-hold at 1/125 second, VR will enable you to shoot at about 1/15 second. The system even automatically detects and compensates for panning when the camera is following a moving subject.

Defocus Image Control

A set of unique lenses for unique portraits, Defocus-Image Control allows photographers to control the degree of spherical aberration in the foreground or background by rotating the lens’ DC ring. This will create a rounded out-of-focus blur that is ideal for portrait photography.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

AF NIKKOR LENSES

181

F I S H E Y E a n d U L T R A W I D E A N G L E L E N S E S

AF 14mm f/2.8D ED

(NI1428DAF)

Fast, ultra wide angle lens offers a 114° angle of view,

Ideal for shooting interiors, real estate, landscape or special effects. Rectilinear design renders images that are amazingly true and undistorted. ED glass and two aspheric lens elements provide superior image quality and compact size, as well as minimized distortion and aberration. A/M switch for quick shifting from automatic to manual focusing. Built-in lens hood minimizes ghosting and enhances contrast. Includes CL-S2 soft case. Filtering is possible using the integrated gelatin filter holder ..........................IMP. 1239.95 /USA 1419.95

AF Fisheye 16mm f/2.8D

(NI1628DAF)

Full frame 180° fisheye coverage with D-type autofocus lens technology. Delivers high-contrast images even at full aperture. CRC system provides high performance at both near and far focusing distances. Super Integrated

Coating minimizes flare and ghosting. Filter size is

39mm bayonet.........................IMP. 599.95 /USA 754.95

AF 18mm f/2.8D, top

AF 14mm f/2.8D ED, bottom

AF 18mm f/2.8D

(NI1828DAF)

Compact ultra wide angle with aspherical lens element and rear focusing capability, this len’s outstanding image correction quality makes it ideal for architecture and landscape photography.

Superb center-to-edge sharpness with excellent control of distortion and aberration. It includes a CL-47 case and an HB-8 hood. Filter size is

77mm............................IMP. 929.95 /USA 999.95

AF 20mm f/2.8D

(NI2028DAF)

A compact ultra wide angle lens, the AF 20mm f/2.8D features Close Range Correction (CRC) to provide high performance at both near and far focusing distances. It delivers distortion-free pictures as close as 0.85˝. Superb optical design for architecture, wedding and landscape photography. It has Nikon’s Integrated Coating for minimized flare and ghosting. Filter size is

62mm............................IMP. 449.95 /USA 489.95

AF 50mm f/1.4D

USA= Imported & Warrantied for 5-Years by Nikon USA

IMP. = Imported & Warrantied by B&H for 1-Year (not qualified for Nikon USA rebates and warranties)

W I D E A N G L E a n d N O R M A L L E N S E S

AF 35mm f/2D

AF 24mm f/2.8D

AF 50mm f/1.8D

AF 24mm f/2.8D

(NI2428DAF)

Compact and lightweight, the AF 24/2.8D is ideal for candids and landscapes. Close

Range Correction system provides high performance at both near and far focusing.

52mm filter size ..........................................................................IMP. 289.95 /USA 309.95

AF 28mm f/2.8D

(NI2828DAF)

Standard wide-angle lens for general photography, the AF 28/2.8D is exceptionally light, weighing only 7.4oz. Wide 74° coverage lets you take candids, portraits and travel photos. 52mm filter size .............................................................IMP. 209.95 /USA 234.95

AF 35mm f/2D

(NI352DAF)

Versatile wide-angle lens for a broad range of uses, the fast f/2 maximum aperture make it ideal for low light, hand-held shooting. Perfect for the photographer on the go. Filter size is

52mm........................IMP. 299.95 /USA 319.95

AF 50mm f/1.8D

(NI5018DAF)

Compact and very affordable Nikon lens that combines the ease of autofocus operation with advanced Nikon optics. Ideal for scenery or full-length portraits. Steps down to f/22 providing great depth-of-field control. Filter size is 52mm .............IMP. 104.95 /USA 114.95

AF 50mm f/1.4D

(NI5014DAF)

A high-speed normal lens, the AF 50mm f/1.4

is great for travel and for shooting full-length portraits in available light. High- contrast and distortion-free images with superb resolution and color, even at maximum aperture. Filter size is 52mm .............IMP. 249.95 /USA 279.95

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

182

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

AF NIKKOR LENSES

M A C R O L E N S E S

AF 60mm f/2.8D Micro

(NI6028DMAF)

A versatile and compact macro lens, the AF 60mm f/2.8D Micro is ideal for photomicrography, forensic, flora, flat field copy, as well as candids and landscape photography. Close-Range Correction (CRC) system provides high performance at both near and far focusing distances. Continuous focusing from infinity to life-size (1:1). Close-up to approximately 8.6˝. Filter size is 62mm .........................IMP. 369.95 /USA 399.95

105mm f/2.8G ED-IF AF-S VR Micro

(NI10528GAF)

Vibration Reduction II permits hand-held shooting at up to 4 shutter speeds slower than otherwise possible, providing sharper images for general and close-up photography. Continuous focusing from infinity to life-size (1:1), offers extra working distance when needed. Nano-Crystal Coat and ED glass elements enhance overall image quality by further reducing flare and chromatic aberrations. The result is improved color, contrast and clarity. Internal Focus allows use with circular polarizing filters and SB-R200

Speedlight. Includes HB-38 lens hood and lens pouch. Filter size is 62mm............IMP. 749.95 /USA 769.95

AF 200mm f/4D Micro

(NI2004DMAF)

A legendary close-up lens, the AF 200mm f/4D Micro delivers images of striking clarity while providing reproduction ratios of up to 1:1 without additional accessories. Extra

Low Dispersion (ED) glass ensures apochromatic-like performance, with high contrast and sharper images, while the extra long focal length provides versatile working distance. Also offers internal focusing and an A/M (Automatic/Manual) switch. Continuous focusing from infinity to life-size. Close-up to 19.4˝. Filter size is 62mm ...............IMP. 1139.95 /USA 1349.95

P O R T R A I T a n d T E L E P H O T O L E N S E S

AF 180mm f/2.8D ED-IF

AF 135mm f/2D

AF 85mm f/1.8D

(NI8518DAF)

Compact and lightweight, the high-speed AF 85mm f/1.8D is perfect for indoor or outdoor portrait shooting. RF (Rear Focusing) technology provides fast AF operation. Includes HN-23 lens hood. Filter size is 62mm ........................IMP. 359.95 /USA 389.95

85mm f/1.4D IF

(NI8514DAF)

Fast f/1.4 aperture makes this lens a standout for indoor portraits, sports, and all-around photo journalism. The lens’ aperture has extra blades, enabling the diaphragm shape to be a near-perfect circle. This ensures crisper images and more flattering highlights in the out-of-focus portion of the image. Internal focusing technology guarantees fast autofocus operation. Includes HN-31 lens hood.

Filter size is 77mm ............IMP. 924.95 /USA 1024.95

AF 105mm f/2D DC

(NI1052DAF)

A fast, medium telephoto, this lens features Defocusimage Control, allowing you to create a rounded outof-focus blur that is ideal for portrait photography.

Large aperture permits shooting in low-light, while the rounded diaphragm opening makes out-of-focus elements appear more natural. Rear focusing technology for fast AF operation. Built-in lens hood.

Filter size is 72mm................IMP. 799.95 /USA 924.95

AF 135mm f/2D DC

(NI1352DAF)

Except for the longer focal length, this lens is identical to the AF 105mm f/2D. A standard telephoto lens, the AF 135mm f/2D also features Defocus-image

Control, rounded diaphragm and rear focusing technology for fast AF operation. Built-in lens hood.

Filter size is 72mm ............IMP. 969.95 /USA 1079.95

AF 180mm f/2.8D ED-IF

(NI18028DEDAF)

High-performance telephoto lens for sports arenas, concert halls, photo journalism and astronomical photography. This lens uses ED glass elements to ensure high-resolution and high-contrast image even at maximum aperture. Internal Focusing technology for fast AF operation. Has a built-in lens hood. Includes

CL-38 hard case. Filter size is 72mm....................................................................................IMP. 659.95 /USA 749.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

T E L E P H O T O L E N S E S

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

AF NIKKOR LENSES

183

AF-S VR Nikkor 200mm f/2 G IF-ED VR

(NI2002AF)

Combining fast f/2.0 performance with the precision of ‘Super ED’ Glass and innovative Vibration Reduction (VR) technology, the AF-S VR Nikkor 200mm f/2G IF-ED lens offers photographers razor sharp images in the most demanding situations. It allows emphasis on subjects in portraits by rendering background elements completely out of focus, or use it for its large aperture, superb clarity and immense potential with VR technology for shooting in low light conditions or from moving platforms.

Super ED glass is more resilient than typical fluorite lenses. While the optical properties of this glass closely resemble those of fluorite, Super ED glass is more resilient to rapid temperature changes (thermal shock)—ensuring consistent performance even under extremely harsh shooting conditions. It also boasts a higher refractive index, making it highly capable of correcting aberrations other than chromatic aberration. Additionally, the unique composition of Super ED glass ensures consistency in optical properties and performance, enabling applications in a variety of lenses including those with very large apertures.

The lens incorporates a host of convenient features within comfortable reach of photographers' natural grip, helping keep their eye on the subject. A switch on the bottom of the lens gives fast access to the AF-L function, which allows a desired focus position to be easily preset. The same switch can also be used to access the AF-ON function enabling more subjective focus with fine manual manipulation.

The switch can also activate the lens to revert back to the preset focus position whenever desired. Includes HK-31 lens hood, 52mm drop-in filter holder with NC filter, and LN-1 lens strap. ..............................................................................................IMP. Call /USA 3999.00

AF-S VR Nikkor 300mm f/2.8G IF-ED VR

The AF-S VR Nikkor 300mm f/2.8G IF-ED is a super-telephoto lens that features Nikon’s remarkable Vibration Reduction (VR) technology to achieve sharper pictures in low light or shaky conditions than any other existing technology. Now sports and action photographers can reap the benefits of VR in a focal length they most often use. Coupled with the added advantage of Nikon’s Nano-Crystal AR coat, photographers can expect very sharp, high-contrast images from this lens.

The lens offers handy access to a control pad on the side of the barrel for seamless usability. A Focus Mode switch enables instant and easy switching between M/A (Manual-Priority Autofocus) and M (Manual

Focus) modes, while a Focus Limiter switch restricts AF-servo movement within a selected shooting distance range. Focus Preset buttons can instantly recall a preset focal point - a priceless feature when photographers shooting sports need to quickly return focus to a specific location such as a base or a team’s goal.

◆ Nikon's Nano-Crystal AR Coat offers demonstrates superior anti-reflective properties to virtually eliminate ghost and flare to provide clear and vivid images when shooting under powerful sunlight or indoors under spotlights.

◆ Internal Focusing (IF) for smoother focusing and a better balanced body, as well as a rubber ring on the lens mount that delivers the same level of resistance to dust and drops of water as

Nikon’s professional cameras such as the D2Hs.

◆ Exclusive SWM (Silent Wave Motor) combines fast and accurate autofocusing with super-quiet operation.

◆ Optical design incorporates three ED glass elements to minimize chromatic aberration for superior optical performance.

◆ Nine-blade rounded diaphragms make out-of focus elements look more natural.

◆ Includes detachable tripod mounting foot.

AF-S VR Nikkor 300mm f/2.8G IF-ED (NI30028GAFS) : Black color ...............................................................................IMP. Call /USA 4499.00

USA= Imported & Warrantied for 5-Years by Nikon USA

IMP. = Imported & Warrantied by B&H for 1-Year (not qualified for Nikon USA rebates and warranties)

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

184

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

AF NIKKOR LENSES

S U P E R T E L E P H O T O L E N S E S

Ideal for a wide range of picture taking, from sports, action and wildlife, to extraordinary tight-close-up portraits, to general landscape photography, these super telephoto lenses combine Nikon’s superior optical quality with the legendary Nikon Silent Wave Motor for fast, quiet, and accurate autofocus. In addition, Nikon optical design including Extra Low Dispersion

(ED) optical glass and Internal Focusing (IF) optical design compliments the smooth mechanical construction of these lenses.

◆ Exclusive Silent Wave Motor (SWM) makes autofocus operation virtually silent while providing extremely fast and accurate focus. Subjects literally “pop” into focus.

◆ Three high performance Extra Low

Dispersion (ED) optical glass elements

(the 300mm f/4 has two) eliminates secondary optical chromatic aberrations which are typical in ordinary telephoto optics.

◆ Internal Focusing (IF) allows a smaller and more compact design. Also enables auto and manually focus without lenses changing size or balance. Provides smooth and fast autofocus or responsive, finger-light manual focusing.

◆ 9-blade rounded aperture makes out-of-focus elements appear more natural while providing crisper details.

◆ Nikon D-type (Distance Signal

Technology) design provides focus distance information to camera’s metering systems. This enables the lenses to support Nikon’s 3D Color

Matrix Metering, 3D Matrix Metering, and 3D Multi-Sensor Balanced Fill-

Flash achieve precise exposure accuracy, anywhere.

◆ They accept Nikon’s TC-14E II TC-17E

II and TC20E II AF-S teleconverters.

◆ M/A Mode provides instant switching from autofocus to manual focus even during AF servo operation.

AF-S 500mm f/4D ED-IF II

◆ Nikon Super Integrated Optical coating is applied to enhance image quality for crisper color rendition and reduced flare and ghosting.

◆ They offer a lightweight magnesium die-cast body with a tripod mounting foot for easy portability and handling.

Lens hoods are supplied to minimize stray light.

◆ With Nikon’s legendary F lens mount they are manual focus -compatible with every Nikon SLR made since 1959.

◆ Easy, smooth manual focusing operation; simulated leather finish for superior grip; filter attachment does not rotate during focusing; dust- and water drop-resistant.

AF-S 300mm f/4D ED-IF

Compact super-telephoto lens for travel, sports, wildlife and stock photography. Close focusing to 4.8´ gives you the ability to make dramatic portraits. Instant switching from autofocus to manual; no power consumption during manual focus. Incredibly lightweight at 3.1 lbs.

Built-in, retractable lens hood. Detachable tripod-mounting collar.

Includes CL-M2 Lens Case and LN-1 Lens Strap. Filter size is 72mm.

Black (NI3004DAFS) ............................................. IMP. 949.95 /USA 1124.95

Light Gray (NI3004DAFSG) ...........................................................IMP. 969.95

AF-S 400mm f/2.8D ED-IF II

Using Silent Wave Motor technology to drive autofocus operation, focus can be changed from infinity to the shortest distance in 0.27 seconds.

Lightweight, magnesium die-cast construction with tripod mounting foot for easier handling. Close focusing to 11.8´. Weighs 9.8 lbs. Includes

CT-402 Trunk Case, HK-27 Lens Hood, LN-1 Strap, 52mm filter holder and gel filter holder.

Black (NI40028AFS2B) ................................................................................Call

Light Gray (NI40028AFS2G) .......................................................................Call

AF-S 500mm f/4D ED-IF II

Very lightweight magnesium die-cast construction body design

(7.6 lbs) with tripod mounting foot. Easier to carry and handle under demanding action conditions. Includes CT-502 Trunk

Case, HK-28 Lens Hood, LN-1 Strap, 52mm filter holder, gel holder. A truly great lens for sports or wildlife photography.

Black (NI5004AFB) .....................................................................Call

Light Gray (NI5004AFG) ............................................................Call

AF-S 600mm f/4D ED-IF II

Very lightweight magnesium die-cast construction body design

(10.7 lbs) with tripod mounting foot. Easier to carry and handle under demanding action conditions. The ultimate super telephoto lens for sports, distant fast-moving subjects and wildlife. Close focusing to 18.4´; provides reproduction ratio of 0.12. Includes CT-606 Trunk Case, HK-29 Lens Hood,

LN-1 Strap, 52mm filter holder, gel holder.

Black (NI6004AFB) .....................................................................Call

Light Gray (NI6004AFG) ............................................................Call

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

Lens

AF 14mm f/2.8D ED

AF Fisheye 16mm f/2.8D

AF 18mm f/2.8D

AF 20mm f/2.8D

AF 24mm f/2.8D

AF 28mm f/2.8D

AF 35mm f/2.0D

AF 50mm f/1.4D

AF 50mm f/1.8

AF 85mm f/1.4D IF

AF 85mm f/1.8D

AF DC 105mm f/2.0D

AF DC 135mm f/2.0D

AF 180mm f/2.8D ED-IF

AF-S VR 200mm f/2.0G IF ED

AF-S 300mm f/4D ED IF

AF-S VR 300mm f/2.8G ED IF

AF-S 400mm f/2.8D ED-IF II

AF-S 500mm f/4D ED-IF II

AF-S 600mm f/4D ED-IF

Lens Construction

(groups/elements)

8/11

9/11

9/11

7/10

6/6

7/6

6/8

9/13

6/8

5/6

6/7

5/6

8/9

6/6

14/12

5/8

10/13

9/12

9/9

6/6

Minimum f/stop

22

22

22

22

16

16

22

22

32

22

16

22

16

16

22

22

22

22

22

16

Picture

Angle

23° 20’

18°

13° 40’

12° 20’

8° 10’

8° 10’

6° 10’

4° 10’

62°

46°

46°

28° 30’

28° 30’

90°

180°

100°

94°

84°

74°

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

AF NIKKOR LENSES

185

Weight Filter

Size

52

52

52

52

72

72

72

52

82/39

52

52

52

77

62

Provided

Provided

77

62

52

52

Lens

Case

Soft Case

CL-31S, CL-S2

CL-47

CL-30S, CL-S2

CL-30S, CL-S2

CL-30, CL-S2

CL-30S, CL-S2

CL-30S, CL-S2

CL-30S, CL-S2

CL-44, CL-S2

CL-15S, CL-S2

CL-38, CL-S2

CL-38, CL-S2

CL-38, CL-S2

CL-L1

CL-42

TBA

CT-402

CT-502

CT-605

USA= Imported & Warrantied for 5-Years by Nikon USA (1-Year on Teleconverters)

IMP. = Imported & Warrantied by B&H for 1-Year (not qualified for Nikon USA rebates and warranties)

21.9

1.78 lb

27.2

6.4 lbs

46.9

6.38 lbs

9.7 lbs

130.5

204.6

7.2

7.9

5.5

19.8

13.2

23.6

10.1

13.6

9.5

9.5

7.3

Lens

Hood

Built-in

Built-in

Built-in

HK-31

Built-in

TBA

HK-27

HK-28

HK-28

Built-in

Built-in

HB-8

HB-4

HN-1

HN-2

HN-3

HR-2

HR-2

HN-31

HN-23

A F - S T E L E C O N V E R T E R L E N S E S

Nikon’s AF-S Teleconverters incorporate Nikon’s Integrated Coating to reduce flare and ghosting as well as a cosmetic design that matches the latest AF-S Nikkor lenses. Designed for use with Nikon AF-S and AF-I

Nikkor lenses, the TC-14EII (1.4x), TC-17EII (1.7x) and TC-20EII (2x) teleconverter lenses allow photographers to increase focal length without reducing optical quality and to retain a sense of overall comfort in the hand. The lenses offer full aperture metering with compatible cameras and also allow for autofocusing when used with Nikon F6, F5, F100 and N80 AF SLR Cameras. In addition, the lenses come with a BF-3A front cap which can also be used as a body cap.

TC-14EII

1.4x Teleconverter

• Increases focal length by 1.4x

• Reduces lens aperture by one f-stop

• Supports the use of Nikon Vibration

Reduction (VR) function

NITC14E2 .............IMP. 339.95 /USA 349.95

TC-17EII 1.7x Teleconverter

• Allows focal length to be extended by a factor of 1.7x while retaining a sense of overall comfort in the hand. Minimal effect on f-number of 1.5 stops

• Supports the use of Nikon Vibration

Reduction (VR) function

NITC17E2 .............IMP. 349.95 /USA 419.95

TC-14EII

TC-20EII

2x Teleconverter

• Increases focal length by 100% - 2x

• Reduces lens aperture by two f-stops

• Supports the use of Nikon Vibration

Reduction (VR) function

NITC20E2 .............IMP. 349.95 /USA 429.95

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

186

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

AF NIKKOR LENSES

S U P E R W I D E A N G L E Z O O M L E N S E S

AF 17-35mm f/2.8D ED-IF

AF-S 24-85mm f/3.5-4.5G ED-IF

AF-S 17-35mm f/2.8D ED-IF

(NI173528DAFS)

An ultra-wide-angle rectilinear zoom lens. Features

ED glass and aspheric lens elements to provide superior optical performance and minimized chromatic aberration, even at close distances (0.9´ through the entire zoom range). Internal Focusing

(IF) design for smoother focusing, Silent Wave

Motor for super-fast, super-quiet AF operation, and

M/A mode for instant switching to manual focus even during AF operation by simply rotating the focus ring. Includes case and HB-23 lens hood.

Filter size is 77mm ........IMP. 1299.95 /USA 1499.95

AF 18-35mm f/3.5-4.5D

(NI183535DAF)

Compact ultra wide to wide angle lens with a focus distance of 1´ to infinity—ideal for landscape, candid, close-up and full-length portrait photography. Features an internal focusing (IF) design, and an aspherical lens element to minimize distortion throughout the zoom range. Supplied HB-23 hood shields the lens against reflection from stray light.

Filter size is 77mm .............

IMP. 399.95 /USA 449.95

24-85mm f/3.5-4.5G ED-IF

(NI248535GAFS)

Compact and lightweight, this high performance zoom lens captures 24mm wide angle images and provides close focusing throughout the focusing range. Ideal for landscapes, full length portraits, travel and general purpose photography. AF-S motor provides superior speed, silence and convenient operation. Includes HB-28 lens hood.

Filter size is 67mm ............IMP. 289.95 /USA 299.95

AF 24-85mm f/2.8-4D IF

(NI248528DAF)

Compact and lightweight high performance lens captures 24mm images with a fast f/2.8 aperture, making it ideal for low light shooting or slow/rear flash sync techniques. Maximum reproduction ratio from 35-85mm is 1:2 life-size allowing superb close-ups. Features Nikon Super Integrated optical coating, two aspherical lens elements (hybrid and molded-glass aspherical) and Internal Focusing (IF) design. Filter attachment does not rotate during focusing or zooming. Includes HB-25 lens shade.

Filter size is 72mm ..............

IMP. 499.95 /USA 564.95

USA= Imported & Warrantied for 5-Years by Nikon USA

IMP. = Imported & Warrantied by B&H for 1-Year (not qualified for Nikon USA rebates and warranties)

W I D E A N G L E Z O O M L E N S E S

AF-S 28-70mm f/2.8D ED-IF

(NI287028AFS)

Ideal mid-range zoom lens for architecture and portraiture. Fast maximum aperture for shooting in low light.

Equipped with all of Nikon’s exclusive lens technologies, this is one of the world’s highest performing lenses.

Two ED glass elements reduce chromatic aberrations providing superior optical performance - even at maximum aperture. Features include Silent Wave Motor (SWM), aspherical lens element, two ED glasses, 9-blade rounded aperture, M/A mode, Super Integrated Optical coating, Nikon D-type (Distance Signal Technology) and IF (Internal Focusing) design. Rotating zoom ring offers precise zoom control. Filter attachment does not rotate during focusing or zooming. Dedicated HB-19 lens shade effectively shields against stray light. Has a dust and moisture-resistant design. Includes CL-74 case. Filter size is 77mm ...........IMP. 1334.95 /USA 1434.95

AF 35-70mm f/2.8D

(NI357028DAF)

Excellent for general photography, this high-performance, high-speed zoom lens has a fast and constant f/2.8 maximum aperture. Distortion is controlled throughout the range. Push-pull type zoom is ideal for zoom effects during shooting. Includes HB-1 lens hood. Filter size is 62mm................IMP. 459.95 /USA 479.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

AF NIKKOR LENSES

187

H I G H - P O W E R Z O O M L E N S E S

AF 24-120mm f/3.5-5.6G ED-IF AF-S VR

(NI2412035GAF)

An incredibly compact and versatile 5x zoom lens the AF 24-120mm is ideal for travel, landscape, stock and portraiture photography as well as photo journalist applications.

Hybrid and molded-glass aspherical lens elements for minimized distortion, higher resolution and excellent contrast. IF (Internal Focusing) design for fast AF operation.

Filter size is 72mm ......................................................................IMP. 484.95 /USA 514.95

AF 28-105mm f/3.5-4.5D IF

(NI2810535DAF)

A versatile 3.8x zoom lens, the AF 28-105mm creates sharp and beautiful images including close-ups (up to half life-size at 105mm), landscapes, portraits, fast action, nature and wildlife pictures. Hybrid-type aspherical lens element minimizes distortion and IF (Internal Focusing) technology for fast AF operation. Nine-blade rounded diaphragm opening makes out-of-focus elements appear more natural. Built-in lens hood. Filter size is 62mm ..................................................................

IMP. 239.95 /USA 249.95

T E L E P H O T O Z O O M L E N S E S

AF 70-300mm f/4-5.6G

(NI7030045GAF)

The AF 70-300mm f/4-5.6G is a portable telephoto zoom lens with Nikon quality optics, high-performance Nikon Super Integrated

Coating and a 9-blade rounded diaphragm opening, which makes out-of-focus elements appear more natural. It is also a “G-type” Nikon lens, meaning there are no aperture rings (the aperture is selected on the camera body). The result is a more compact lens with mistake free operation since the aperture does not need to be set to minimum. Filter size is 62mm.....................................IMP. 129.95 /USA 139.95

AF 70-300mm f/4-5.6D ED

(NI703004DAF)

A powerful, yet compact and lightweight 4.3x telephoto zoom lens. It features a rotating zoom ring for precise zoom operation and

ED glass for high resolution and high contrast even at maximum aperture. Supplied lens hood minimizes stray light. Filter size is

62mm ..............................................................................................................................................................................IMP. 294.95 /USA 319.95

70-300mm f/4.5-5.6G ED-IF

( NI7030045AFS)

High-power 4.3x telephoto zoom (equivalent to 105-450mm in 35mm, it features Vibration Reduction (VRII) to minimize the effects of camera shake allowing photographers to shoot handheld at as many as 4 shutter speeds slower than would otherwise be possible, assuring dramatically sharper images. Two Nikon Extra-Low Dispersion (ED) glass elements deliver superior optical performance. Internal Focus

(IF) provides fast and quiet auto focusing without changing the length of the lens. Focus as close as 4.9 ft through entire zoom range.

Non-Rotating front element permits use of circular polarizing filters and SB-R200 Speedlights. A Silent Wave Motor (SWM) enables fast and quiet autofocusing, along with quick switching between autofocus and manual operation (M/A and M). Includes HB-36 bayonet hood, CL-1022 flexible lens pouch/ Filter size is 67mm.....................................................................................................................USA 479.95

AF 80-200mm f/2.8D

(NI8020028DAQ)

High-performance, high-speed telephoto zoom lens, the AF 80-200mm f2.8D is a superb choice for sports and nature photography. Features fast and constant f/2.8 maximum aperture, and three ED glass elements for high-resolution and high-contrast even at maximum aperture.

Includes CL-43a lens case. Filter size is 77mm.......................................IMP. 799.95 /USA 869.95

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

188

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

AF NIKKOR LENSES

V R T E L E P H O T O Z O O M L E N S E S

70-200mm f/2.8G ED-IF VR

The AF-S VR Zoom-Nikkor 70-200mm f/2.8G IF-ED lens is designed with professional and advanced amateur photographers in mind, offering them a truly compact and lightweight telephoto zoom lens featuring some of

Nikon’s most innovative technologies. With Nikon’s advanced Vibration

Reduction technology, the lens enables photographers to make crisp, sharp pictures by minimizing the blur caused by hand holding a camera at slow shutter speeds and by potential shaking when shooting from a moving vehicle, aircraft or any other moving platform that induces vibration. Other features include Manual Automatic mode (M/A) which allows for instant switching between auto and manual focus, virtually eliminating lag time in the transition and enabling photographers to make a last minute adjustment, even if the autofocus system has locked onto the subject. This performance is complimented by Nikon’s AF Tracking with Lock-on, a technology that enables the system to maintain sharp focus even if the subject is momentarily obscured from view, or if the camera’s AF sensor momentarily moves off the main subject. Includes HB-29 lens hood and CL-M2 case. Filter size is 77mm.

◆ Incorporates Extra Low Dispersion (ED) optical glass enabling superior performance from this versatile, compact lens. Through low dispersion characteristics the lens’ color performance is enhanced by virtually eliminated secondary chromatic aberrations that are common to telephoto optics that don’t have ED glass; this technology enhances image quality with added visible sharpness and contrast to the image.

◆ Nikon’s exclusive Silent Wave Motor technology provides silent and fast autofocusing with superior accuracy and ultra-quiet operation.

◆ Designed for Nikon cameras with a built in Sub-Command Dial,

G-type design allows aperture control exclusively from the camera. This facilitates better lens handling, and lets you keep a more positive grip on the camera as you use your right index finger to adjust aperture.

◆ Distance Technology provides precision distance information from the lens which is then incorporated into exposure calculations for both ambient light and flash illumination, as well as combinations of both. This leads to improved exposure control and enhances the Nikon system for automatic balanced fill flash.

NI7020028AFS Black ..........................IMP. 1549.95 /USA 1589.95 NI7020028AFQ Light Gray....................................IMP. 1599.95.95

80-400mm f/4.5-5.6D ED AF VR

(NI8040045AF)

Now photographers who shoot hand-held, especially in low light conditions can count on dramatically sharper pictures. Equipped with Nikon’s Vibration Reduction (VR) technology and superior optical design, the AF VR 80-400mm delivers sharp images in otherwise impossible situations. Extending hand-held picture-taking into the realm of photography that usually requires a cumbersome tripod, sports and nature photographers can concentrate on capturing the hoop shot of the century or the flight of a rare bird knowing that even if their hand is not steady, the images will be sharper and truer . Includes HB-24 lens hood and CL-M1 case. Filter size is 77mm.

Proprietary VR system detects and compensates for image blur caused by camera shake. When activated, the system allows photographers to shoot with ambient light at shutter speeds that are slower by up to about 3 stops, when compared to the restrictions of shooting without vibration reduction.

The VR system uses angular speed sensors that detect minute shifts in camera movement. Data from the sensors is used to calculate the change in position and drive voice coil motors to shift the position of the VR lens element.

◆ Automatically detects shake that takes place during panning in any direction. And there is no need to stop and reset the lens for panning action; it happens automatically.

◆ Three ED glass elements reduce secondary chromatic aberrations and help the lens provide significantly sharper pictures throughout the 80-400mm zoom range.

◆ Also features Nikon’s Super Integrated Coating, a nine-blade diaphragm for rounder more natural highlights, and A/M switch for fast switching from auto to manual focus.

AF VR 80-400mm f/4.5-5.6 D ED (NI8040045AF) .....................................................................................................IMP. 1279.95 /USA 1429.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

Lens

Zoom

AF-S 17-35mm f/2.8D

AF 18-35 f/3.5-4.5D

AF 24-85mm f/2.8-4.0D

AF 24-85mm f/3.5-4.5G ED-IF

AF 24-120mm f/3.5-5.6D IF AF-S VR

AF-S 28-70mm f/2.8D

AF 28-80mm f/3.3-5.6G

AF 28-105mm f/3.5-4.5D

AF 28-200mm f/3.5-5.6D ED-IF

AF 35-70mm f/2.8D

AF VR 70-200mm f/2.8G IF- ED

AF 70-300mm f/4.-5.6D ED

AF 70-300mm f/4-5.6G

AF-S 80-200mm f/2.8D ED

Special Purpose

AF Micro 60mm f/2.8D

AF Micro 105mm f/2.8D

AF Micro 200mm f/4.0D ED IF

AF 80-400mm f/4.5-5.6D ED VR

AF 200-400mm f/4G ED VR

DIGITAL SLRs

NIKON

AF NIKKOR LENS SPECIFICATIONS

189

Lens Construction

( elements/groups)

Picture

Angle

Minimum f/stop

Filter

Size

Lens

Case

Lens

Hood

Weight

13/10

11/8

15/11

12/15

13/15

15/11

7/7

16/12

13/16

12/15

15/21

9/13

9/13

18/14

7/8

8/9

8/13

17/11

24/17

104°-62°

100°-62°

84°-28° 30’

84°-28° 30’

61°-30°

74°-34° 20’

74°-30° 10’

74°-23° 20’

74°-12° 20’

62°-34° 20’

34°-12°

34° 20’-8° 10’

34° 20’-8° 10’

30° 10’-12° 20’

39° 40’

23° 20’

12° 20’

30°-6° 10’

12°-6°

72

77

58

62

72

62

77

77

77

72

67

62

62

77

62

52

62

77

52 Rear

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

32

32

22

32

32

32

32

22

CL-76

CL-S2

CL-S2

CL-49, CL-S2

CL-74

CL-32S, CL-S2

CL-49

CL-49, CL-S2

CL-33S, CL-S2

CL-M2

CL-72, CL-S2

CL-S4

CL-73

CL-32S, CL-S2

CL-15S, CL-S2

CL-45

CL-M1

CL-L2

26.3

13

19.2

0.88 lb

1.2 lbs

33

7.8

16

19.6

23.8

3.2 lbs

18.2

18.1

51.1

16.0

19.6

42.3

47

7.2 lbs.

HB-23

HB-23

HB-25

HB-28

HB-25

HB-19

HB-10

HB-18

HB-12

HB-1

HB-29

HB-15

HB-26

HB-17

HN-22

HS-7

HN-30

HB-24

HK-30

200-400mm f/4G ED-IF VR

Combines four fixed focal length super-telephoto lenses into a single compact super-telephoto AF Zoom Nikkor lens. The world’s first AF-S VR super-telephoto

200-400mm zoom lens, it automatically detects when a photographer is panning and compensates. Has two VR modes: Normal mode or Active Mode for when taking pictures with extreme movement. VR operation offers the equivalent of using a shutter speed 3 stops faster.

It also features an exclusive Silent Wave Motor enabling ultra-high-speed autofocusing with exceptional accuracy and powerful super-quiet operation. 4 Extra-Low Dispersion

(ED) glass elements minimizes chromatic aberration and provides higher resolution and superior contrast. Internal Focusing (IF) design for smoother focusing and great body balance.

M/A mode enables instant switching from autofocus to manual with virtually no time lag even during AF servo operation

• Compatible with AF-S TC14E (II), TC17E (II) and TC20E (II) teleconverters

• Includes detachable tripod mounting collar

• G design enables apertures to be selected from select camera bodies

• Minimum focus distance of 6.2´ at all focal lengths

• No power consumption during manual focus operation

• Nikon D-type design provides precise distance information for flash and ambient light exposure processes

• Rounded diaphragm (9 blades) for natural blur • Fully Compatible with F6, F5, F100, N80, N75 and N65 cameras

200-400mm f/4G IF-ED AF-S VR Zoom-Nikkor (NI2004004GAF) ............................................................................................IMP. 4999.90 /USA 5099.95

Nikon USA lenses include 1-Year Nikon USA Warranty, plus 4-years extended service coverage. Many lenses also include rebates.

Please go on-line or call us for details and expiration dates.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

190

DIGITAL SLRs

OLYMPUS

EVOLT E-330/410/510

7.5-and 10-Megapixel Digital SLRs

with Live View LCD

The EVOLT E-330, E-410 and E-510 are the world’s only digital SLRs to offer “Live” viewing through their LCD monitor, making it easier to compose and capture the perfect shot.

Live View LCD enables framing of shots without the need to look through the viewfinder, allowing photographers for the first time to comfortably view the image they are taking no matter what position their camera is placed in – a significant advantage for reporting or sports photographers. As the image is relayed live on the bright LCD screen, framing the subject is made much easier in situations when using a conventional viewfinder is too awkward, such as when photographing underwater. On the E-330, versatility is extended even further as the articulated LCD can be tilted or swivelled to virtually any angle.

They also offer a standard TTL optical viewfinder with built-in diopter adjustment, 3 fps burst mode, built-in flash as well as a hot-shoe for an external flash, five metering modes, and dozens of exposure and easy-to-use scene select modes. For convenience, they offer dual memory slots for Compact Flash, Microdrives and xD-Picture Cards.

Combined with 7.5-megapixel (E-330) and 10-megapixel (E-410/E-510) MOS sensor for high speed and sensitivity, world-class optics designed specifically for digital photography and Olympus’ patented Dust Reduction System, they let you shoot like no other digital interchangeable lens SLR camera.

In addition to their higher resolution, they E-410 and E510 step-up with new

TruePic III processing for superior image quality in all lighting situations, and a

Super Control Panel with the capability to display dozens of shooting parameters.

The E-510 adds mechanical image stabilization with Supersonic Wave Drive technology to provide blur-free images taken with any Zuiko digital-specific lens.

FEATURES

Live View LCD

With Olympus Live View LCD, you have the freedom to choose how to compose your shots—using the

LCD or traditional optical viewfinder. Live View LCD empowers you to easily compose your subjects live on the 160° wide (E-330) or 176° wide (E-410/E-510) 2.5˝ HyperCrystal LCD before the shot has been taken, offering a level of versatility that can not be achieved by other digital SLRs that only offer an optical viewfinder. By holding the camera away from your face and using the Live View LCD to compose, it’s possible to shoot upward from a low angle for dramatic composition, in close for detailed macro photography, or photographing a parade over a crowd of people. Interacting with subjects, such as toddlers and pets, is also now possible thanks to the Live View LCD. Capture life just the way you see it. For the first time in a digital SLR, you can use the LCD as an active, versatile tool for framing and shooting.

With the exclusive Olympus Live View LCD, you can follow action easily and capture just the right moment. For portraits, you can wait until exactly the right facial expression appears. What you see on the Live View LCD is what you get, from wide angles to accurate depth of field preview.

On all three cameras you get 100% Live View coverage and TTL auto exposure. The E-330 offers 7x magnification, the E-410/E-510 offer 7/10x. On the E-330 (only) the LCD is ‘articulated’ — it can extend out from the camera body and swivel downward or upward, so you don’t have to stretch or bend to capture a great image. Hold your camera high to shoot over a crowd. Hold it low for dramatic composition or in tight on your subject for detailed close-ups and macro photos. On the E-410/E-510 there is an AF frame display, shooting information display, IS activating mode, heat warning and real-time histogram.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

◆ Five metering modes including a 49-point

AE sensor providing accurate exposure values for ESP metering using an advanced evaluation algorithm, as well as conventional center-weighted average and spot metering

For tricky lighting situations highlight spot metering (for clean, true whites with detail) and shadow spot metering (for rich, dark blacks with detail) is available to give ultra precise control.

◆ Dedicated auto focus system offers 3 selectable AF points for accurate auto focus operation. When automatic target zone selection is active, a superimposed display confirms the relevant target zone. Focus modes are set via a manual switch for Single

AF, Continuous AF, and Manual Focus operation. To ensure successful focusing in the darkest environments, they utilize an AF illuminator built into the flash.

◆ Four recording formats offer the flexibility to control the quality of images and how they're used. JPEG (for the fastest operation and greatest number of photos); RAW (for the highest-quality images); RAW+JPEG

(when you need the flexibility of both); and

TIFF (best image right out of your camera).

◆ Three color parameters to control color saturation, contrast and sharpness levels separately for each file. Select from Vivid

(for printer-ready colors, Natural (for true, accurate colors) or Muted (ideal for Photoshop users who enhance and scale images).

◆ Five black-and-white monochrome modes add dramatic effects to your black-andwhite pictures with tones of yellow, orange, red, green and normal (no filter).

◆ Create exotic sepia toned photos or add blue, green or purple tones to your blackand-white images. Contrast, sharpness and tone controls allow you to customize settings that best suit your subject.

◆ Two color space settings let you add more colors and details for commercial work.

Select from sRGB for easy viewing on your computer and printing on your inkjet or dye sublimation printer – or Adobe RGB.

◆ AE Lock; exposure compensation of ±5 EV in ±1, 2/3, or 1/3 EV steps; 3-frame exposure bracketing in ±1, 2/3, or 1/3 EV steps.

◆ Noise reduction function uses a proprietary

Olympus algorithm to detect and eliminate the fixed noise that can appear on longexposure images.

DIGITAL SLRs

OLYMPUS

EVOLT E-330/410/510

191

Dust Free Technology for Spot-Free Photos

You rarely get a second chance in photography.

The ideal moment is unrepeatable. Yet the tiniest spec of dust entering the camera during a lens change could ruin a perfect photo.

Since dust is all around us, when swapping out a lens on a digital SLR camera there’s a chance that a camera’s electro-statically charged image sensor will attract micro dust that can ruin photos.

In analog cameras, the dust particles were transported away as the film was wound on. This meant that usually only one picture was affected. In contrast, dust landing on the image sensor of a digital camera stays where it is – and more will join it over time. Even the smallest particle can cover hundreds of pixels. This results in image flaws that must be corrected through subsequent editing. In addition, photographers must endure the time and expense associated with regular professional cleaning that consequently becomes necessary – which sometimes even requires the camera to be sent away for servicing. Since the main advantage of using an SLR camera is the ability to change lenses for better imaging effects, Olympus developed a way for photographers to change lenses in the most challenging, dusty environments without compromising image quality.

Olympus’ Dust Reduction System produces spot-free photos with the exclusive Supersonic Wave

Filter, a patented ultrasonic technology that removes dust from in front of the camera sensor.

These spot-free photos liberate users from hours spent retouching photographs at the computer.

All Evolt E-Series cameras are equipped with this exclusive user-friendly technology. Each time the E-330, E-410, E-500 or E510 are turned on, the system goes into action. The Super Sonic Wave

Filter vibrates 35,000 times a second, shaking dust loose from the image sensor –dust particles are shaken off within milliseconds— then captured on a special adhesive membrane within the camera, preventing their appearance on your photographs.

Evolt E-500 8-Megapixel Digital SLR

The most full-featured digital SLR in it’s class, the 100% digital E-500 has all the features of the E-330 with the exception of the ‘Live View’ articulating LCD.

Designed to be used by all photographers of any skill level, the 8-megapixel E-500’s compact and durable body features Dust Reduction

System for spot-free photos, TruePic

TURBO Image Processor for fast response time, and easy-to-view 2.5˝

HyperCrystal LCD.

The E-500 epitomizes the Olympus tradition of combining maximum technical performance with exceptional design. This especially applies to operability. Perfect ergonomics enable intuitive handling which even lets beginners get the hang of things quickly so they can start shooting immediately. From a technical perspective, the E-500 offers all manual and automatic functions required for professional D-SLR applications. In terms of size and weight, it is easier than ever before to take this camera along on holidays, assignments or wherever you might need it.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

192

DIGITAL SLRs

OLYMPUS

EVOLT E-330/410/510

◆ White balance settings from 3000K to 7000K can be set in 12 steps using button and dial controls, with ±7-step fine-tuning available for all settings. A one-touch white balance function allows users to store and retrieve up to four frequently used white balance settings at the touch of a button. They also offer 3-frame white balance bracketing.

◆ Pop-up flash (manual on the E-330, automatic on the E-410/510) and six available flash modes let you select the level of lighting you want. Sync speed is 1/180 second. The

E-410/E-510 also offer sync speed up to

1/4000 second when used with the FL-50.

2.5˝ HyperCrystal LCD

Cutting-edge technology is at the heart of the incredibly clear and crisp view provided by the 2.5˝ HyperCrystal LCD included on all Evolt E-Series cameras. Much like the immediate difference you see when viewing images on an HDTV in comparison to a standard television screen, the distinction between your photos on the HyperCrystal LCD as opposed to them being viewed on a typical display panel are night and day.

HyperCrystal LCD’s feature semi-transmissive technology, meaning the LCD utilizes an additional layer that reflects light from any external light source – both indoors and outdoors to enhance the brightness of the LCD for a remarkably sharp view of images and movies, even in direct sunlight. All parameters of the camera settings are displayed large and clearly.

◆ The E-410 and E-510 offer 3-frame flash bracketing.

◆ Built-in hot shoe allows TTL Auto flash control with with Olympus the FL-20,

FL-36, FL-50, SRF-11 and STF-22 flashes.

◆ On the E-330/E-500 you can choose from 20 user-friendly pre-set shooting modes, and on the E-410/E-510 from 30 modes - including

Portrait, Fireworks, Landscape, Sunset,

Underwater Nature Macro mode and

Panorama mode for stitching multiple images together - or assume more control with creative options including Program,

Aperture Priority, Shutter Priority and

Manual.

TruePic Processing

The E-330 and E-500 incorporate the exclusive TruePic TURBO Image Processor to deliver the speed needed to capture shots at a moment's notice while also doubling as a resource that micro-smoothes individual pixels for finer, brighter results. The TruePic TURBO processor permits them to shoot 4 TIFF or RAW images at 2.5 frames-per-second, and unlimited burst mode with HQ JPEG images and extreme speed Compact Flash cards.

The E-410 and E-510 step-up with the enhanced TruePic III Image Processor. This new processing engine uses all the pixel information to provide the best digital images possible for every photo with accurate color, true-to-life flesh tones, brilliant blue skies and precise tonal representation in between. TruePic III also lowers image noise by one step to reduce noise in images shot at higher ISO settings, enabling great results in low-light situations. The E-410/E-510 can shoot 6 TIFF or RAW images at 3 frames-per-second, and unlimited burst mode with HQ

JPEG images and extreme speed Compact Flash cards.

◆ For convenience, two memory card slots – one for CompactFlash or Microdrive and another for xD-Picture Cards – add to their practicality and provide extra data storage.

other in playback.

◆ The built-in self-timer offers a choice of 12second or 2-second delay. An optional RM-1 remote c is available and can be used with the 2-second delay setting or for immediate shutter release, as well as to control “bulb” shutter openings for longer exposures.

Megapixel Image Sensors

World’s Largest Selection of Digital Specific Lenses

The versatility of the E-System comes from the largest selection of

“Designed-for-Digital” lenses. Olympus’ Zuiko Digital Specific Lenses come in a wide range of focal lengths for achieving the best image result, and impress with their spectacular clarity and edge-to-edge sharpness.

Most other digital SLR cameras still use traditional 35mm film lenses. But since those lenses are based on designs for film and not for pixels, they deliver insufficient light at the edges of a digital camera’s image sensor. This can result in reduced sharpness and color definition, particularly when shooting with large apertures and wide-angle lenses. Zuiko Digital Lense are designed for digital capture with smart technology that allows the lenses to communicate with the camera to ensure the best possible image quality. Olympus dedicated digital optics coupled with an Evolt system camera renders sharpness and contrast more consistently at any given f-stop. The lenses are matched to the Four

Thirds System standard image sensor for the optimal balance between image quality, camera and lens size, and expandability. The E-330’s 7.5-megapixel, and the E-410/510’s

10-megapixel image sensor give photographers the flexibility to blow up their prints to the large sizes supported by many of today’s printers, or crop the image to print only a part of the image that is important to them. Their high-performance Live MOS image sensors deliver excellent dynamic range for accurate color fidelity, and a state-of-the-art amplifier circuit eradicate noise and captures fine image details in the highlight and shadow areas.

Mechanical Image Stabilization (E-510 Only)

Unlike other digital SLR cameras in its class, the E-510 employs Mechanical Image Stabilization, which compensates for camera movement. This new technology complements Digital Image

Stabilization, which compensates for a moving subject. Combined, Mechanical Image Stabilization and Digital Image Stabilization provide a powerful solution, ensuring blur-free photos even in active shooting situations where photographers may encounter camera shake or a moving subject. This powerful combination resides within the camera's body, translating to blur-free images taken with any of the more than 30 digital-specific lenses.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

OLYMPUS

EVOLT E-SERIES SPECIFICATIONS

193

E-330

7.5 Million Pixels

E-500

8.0 Million Pixels

E-410

10 Million Pixels

E-510

10 Million Pixels Effective Resolution

LCD Display (Size, Pixels)

Image File Formats

Color Modes

Optical Image Stabilization

Focus Type

Exposure Control

Selectable

High ISO

Shutter Speed (seconds)

Mirror Lock-Up

Exposure Metering

Built-in Flash

External Flash Connection

External Flash Control

2.5˝, 215,250

TIFF (v. 6.0), RAW (12bit)

JPEG (SHQ, HQ, SQ)

Exif 2.2, DCF compliant

1/2.7, 1/4, 1/8, 1/12 compression ratios available

2.5˝, 215,250

TIFF, RAW, JPEG (SHQ - 1/2.7,

HQ - 1/4, SQ - 1/8 or 1/12)

RAW +JPEG

Exif, DCF, DPOF & PRINT

Image Matching II compliant

2.5˝, Approx. 230,000

RAW, JPEG

RAW +JPEG

DCF, DPOF compatible/Exif,

PRINT Image Matching III

2.5˝, Approx. 230,000

RAW, JPEG

RAW +JPEG

DCF, DPOF compatible/Exif,

PRINT Image Matching III

Vivid, Natural, Flat, B&W, sRGB, Adobe RGB, Vivid, Natural sRGB, Adobe RGB, Vivid, Natural sRGB, Adobe RGB, Vivid, Natural

Sepia, Color Saturation (5 steps), Muted, Monotone, Sepia; Filter Muted, Monotone; Filter Muted, Monotone; Filter

Sharpness (5 steps), Contrast

(5 steps), Filter (Yellow, Orange, effect (Yellow, Orange, Red or Green filter available for effect (Yellow, Orange, Red or Green filter available for effect (Yellow, Orange, Red or Green filter available for

Red or Green in B&W mode), Monotone or Sepia); Picture tone Monotone or Sepia); Picture tone Monotone or Sepia); Picture tone

Toning (Sepia, Blue, Red (Sepia, Blue, Purple or Green tone (Sepia, Blue, Purple or Green tone (Sepia, Blue, Purple or Green tone or Green in B&W mode) available for Monotone) available for Monotone) available for Monotone)

Digital Image Stabilization – – ✓

TTL Phase Difference Detection TTL Phase Difference Detection TTL Phase Difference Detection TTL Phase Difference Detection

System (3-point Focus Area) System (3-point Focus Area) System (3-point Focus Area) System (3-point Focus Area) and AF Assist Lamp (Auto, Selectable) and AF Illuminator

(Auto, Selectable) and AF Illuminator

(Auto, Selectable) and AF Illuminator

Auto ISO

100, 200, 400

400-1600

60 - 1/4000

Auto ISO (100-400)

100-400 expandable to ISO 1600

60 - 1/4000

AUTO 100 - 1600

100 - 1600

60 - 1/4000

AUTO 100 - 1600

100 - 1600

60 - 1/4000

– – Not Specified Not Specified

TTL Full Aperture Light Metering TTL open-aperture metering by 49 Zones Multi-pattern Sensing system (Digital ESP metering

System (Digital ESP, Center (49-point multi pattern),

Weighted Average, Spot, Highlight

Spot, Shadow Spot)

Center weighted average,

TTL open-aperture metering system (Digital ESP metering

(49-point multi pattern),

TTL open-aperture metering system (Digital ESP metering

(49-point multi pattern),

Spot, Spot with highlight control, Spot, Spot with highlight control, Spot, Spot with highlight control,

Spot with shadow control)

Center weighted average,

Spot with shadow control)

Center weighted average, t with shadow control)

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Hot Shoe Hot Shoe Hot Shoe Hot Shoe

Dedicated TTL Auto, Manual

1/180 second

TTL Auto, Auto, Manual

1/180 second

TTL Auto (TTL pre-flash mode), TTL Auto (TTL pre-flash mode),

Auto, Manual Auto, Manual

1/180 sec. or less 1/180 sec. or less Max Flash Synchronization Speed

Start-Up Time

Shutter Lag

Time Between Shots

Burst Capability

Compatible Memory Cards

Not Specified

Not Specified

Not Specified

3 fps up to 4 frames

CompactFlash (Type I & II),

MicroDrive, xD-Picture Card

USB 2.0

PictBridge

Not Specified

Not Specified

Not Specified

2.5 fps up to 4 frames

CompactFlash (type I & II) xD-Picture Card

USB 2.0

PictBridge

Computer Interface

Direct Print Capability

Battery Type

Power Adapter

Dimensions (HxWxD) (Body Only)

Weight (Body Only)

BLM-1 Li-ion

3x CR123A with Optional

LBH-1 Battery Holder

BLM-1 Li-ion

3x CR123A with Optional

LBH-1 Battery Holder

AC-1 AC Adapter (100-240v AC) AC-1 AC Adapter (100-240v AC)

5.5 x 3.4 x 2.8˝

19.4 oz.

3.7 x 5.1 x 2.6˝

15.3 oz.

Not Specified

Not Specified

Not Specified

Approx. 3 fps up to 6 frames

CompactFlash (Type I & II),

MicroDrive, xD-Picture Card

USB 2.0

PictBridge

BLS-1 Li-ion

Charger Included

5.1˝ x 3.6˝ x 2.1˝

13.2 oz.

Not Specified

Not Specified

Not Specified

Approx. 3 fps up to 6 frames

CompactFlash (Type I & II),

MicroDrive, xD-Picture Card

USB 2.0

PictBridge

BLM-1 Li-ion

5.35˝ x 3.6˝ x 2.67˝

16.2 oz.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

194

DIGITAL SLRs

OLYMPUS

ZUIKO DIGITAL LENSES

Designed to meet the needs of the professional photographer, Olympus Zuiko digital lenses was born of an uncompromising commitment to performance, in order to achieve the best combination with the digital SLR camera. Based on the Four Thirds standard they feature bright, compact and lightweight design.

The lenses feature high resolving power, to get the most out of the imaging element. Specially designed for digital applications, they allow light to strike the image sensor at a near-perpendicular angle, minimizing degradation and light loss, even in the image periphery or when using a wide-angle lens. In addition to supporting high-speed, accurate focusing, manual focus has an extremely natural feel, and both zooming and focusing are simple and intuitive.

Zuiko digital lenses come in three grades—Standard, High Grade and Super High Grade

Standard Series

These interchangeable lenses have been developed for cost-performance and portability. The best choice for the enthusiasts and digital SLR beginners as well, the lenses are ideal for all-round applications. They are special dedicated digital lenses with a near telecentric design for perfect image quality.

For all needs, they are offered in standard, telephoto and ultra zoom focal lengths as well as macro.

Lens Dimensions Weight

14-45mm f 3.5-5.6

18-180mm f 3.5-6.3

40-150mm f 4-5.6

35mm f 3.5 macro

Lens Construction

(groups/elements)

12/10

15/13

12/9

6/6

Angle of

View

75°

62°

30°

34°

Closest

Focusing

15˝

17.7˝

35˝

5.75˝

Minimum

Aperture f 22 f 22 f 22 f 22

Maximum

Aperture f 3.5

f 3.5

f 4 f 3.5

2.8˝x 3.4˝

3˝ x 3.3˝

2.6˝ x 2.8˝

2.8˝ x 2.1˝

10 oz.

15.3 oz.

7.8 oz.

5.8 oz.

Filter

Size

58mm

62mm

58mm

52mm

High Grade Series

These high-performance lens series have been developed for the top level brightness, close-up shooting capability and sharpness in the class. In addition to a near telecentric design, the High Grade series lenses are also dust and splash proof allowing you to use them under the harshest conditions.

Lens Dimensions Weight

8mm f 3.5-5.6 fisheye

50mm f 2 macro

11-22mm f 2.8-3.5

14-54mm f 2.8-3.5

15-200mm f 2.8-3.5

Lens Construction

(groups/elements)

10/ 6

11/10

12/10

15/11

16/15

Angle of

View

180°

24°

89°

75°

24°

Closest

Focusing

5.3˝

9.45˝

11˝

8.67˝

3.9 ft

Minimum

Aperture f 22 f 22 f 22 f 22 f 22

Maximum

Aperture f 3.5

f 2 f 2.8

f 2.8

f 2.8

3.1˝x 3˝

2.8˝ x 2.4˝

2.9˝ x 3.6˝

2.9˝ x 3.5˝

3.27˝ x 6.1˝

17 oz.

10.6 oz.

17 oz.

15.3 oz.

37.7 oz.

Filter

Size

-

52mm

72mm

67mm

67mm

Super High Grade Series

Super High Grade lenses are designed for highest professional requirements. Advanced optical/precision technology, exquisite picture quality, big maximum apertures over the whole zoom range as well as dust and splash proof construction distinguish these lenses. They all contain ED glass elements for best edge-to edge image quality, and are specially marked with a platinum ring round the front lens. The "Platinum Line" on the lens barrel is a symbol of the best quality.

.

Lens

7-14mm f 4 ultra-wide zoom

35-100mm f 2

90-250mm f 2.8

150mm f 2

300mm f 2.8

Lens Construction

(groups/elements)

18/ 12

21/18

17/12

11/9

13/11

Angle of

View

114°

34°

14°

8.2°

4.2°

Closest

Focusing

9.8˝

55.1˝

98.4˝

55.1˝

7.9 ft

Minimum

Aperture f 22 f 22 f 22 f 22 f 22

Maximum

Aperture f 4 f 2 f 2.8

f 2 f 2.8

Dimensions

3.4˝x 4.7˝

3.8˝ x 8.4˝

4.9˝ x 10.9˝

3.9˝ x 5.9˝

5˝ x 11.2˝

Weight

27.5 oz.

58.2 oz.

115.3 oz.

56.8 oz.

116 oz.

Filter

Size

-

77mm

105mm

82mm

43mm

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

OLYMPUS

ZUIKO DIGITAL LENSES

195

S T A N D A R D S E R I E S L E N S E S

14-42mm f3.5-5.6 ( 35mm equivalent of 28-84mm )

The 14-42mm is a standard zoom lens that perfectly matches the imager of the E-410 and

E-510, so light strikes the sensor directly to ensure rich, accurate colors and edge-to-edge sharpness. This 3x ED glass zoom lens covers the range most frequently used in ordinary photography and weighs just 7.5 ounces, offering users an extremely dynamic, portable everyday-use zoom. Close-ups from 10˝ are possible throughout the zoom range.

14-45mm f3.5-5.6 ( 35mm equivalent of 28-90mm )

Standard zoom lens designed for the with the E-330 and E-500, the 14-45mm f3.5-5.6 lens delivers superb image quality from edge-to-edge. Its 3.2x zoom covers a broad range, with close-ups coming out crisp and clear down to 15˝ away. A multi-coating minimizes ghosting and flaring that can occur, while the sturdy metal lens mount ensures rugged durability.

With 12 elements in 10 groups and a weight of just 9.98 oz.

18-180mm f/3.5-6.3 ( 35mm equivalent of 36-360mm )

Extremely versatile and highly mobile, this lens is a cost-effective choice for photographers who want maximum flexibility and performance. Weighing less than 16 oz., the all-digital 18-180mm lens lets you shoot sharp and colorful images from less than 18˝ away or as far as its 10x telephoto will take you. Perfect for wide group shots or “zooming in” on your child’s soccer game. It delivers a distortion-free view and outstanding results thanks to ED glass lens elements and a built-in CPU that automatically corrects lens distortions, shading and exposure information for even higher image quality. Ideal for just about any photographic situation, this high-power zoom lens features two ED

(Extra-low Dispersion) lens elements and two aspherical lens elements to assure high picture quality throughout the zoom range. An inner focusing mechanism enables close-up shooting down to 45cm throughout the zoom range. Includes LH-65 lens hood.

40-150mm f/3.5-4.5 ( 35mm equivalent of 80-300mm )

The 40-150mm f/3.5-4.5 is perfect for everything from portraits to sports scenes. It features a 3.8x zoom, a f/3.5-4.5 brightness for effects like background blurring and compression, a new multi-coating and reliable metal lens mount, along with 13 elements in 10 groups and a weight of just 15.8 oz.

Boasting the smallest size and lightest weight in its class, this cost-efficient telephoto lens uses an ED

(Extra-low Dispersion) lens element for optimum correction of chromatic aberrations. Incorporating a circular aperture diaphragm for beautiful defocusing, this lens assures high picture quality throughout the zoom range, as well as providing an astonishingly short closest focusing distance of 90cm throughout the zoom range. Includes LH-61B lens hood.

35mm f/3.5 Macro ( 35mm equivalent of 70mm )

Capture beautiful details with impeccable accuracy with this ultra-lightweight macro lens. Take pictures of flowers, coins, stamps and more from less than 6˝ to infinity – with dramatic results.

Designed exclusively for digital photography, this lens delivers rich, accurate colors and high contrast from edge-to-edge, and and can be used for standard landscape and portrait shots, as well.

And because it weighs less than 6 ounces, carrying it is just as appealing as using it.

The lens is capable of 1x magnification (2x: 35mm equivalent) without the help of any attachments.

A floating mechanism ensures stable, high picture quality throughout the shooting range. Suitable for ordinary photography as well as macro photography, this lens has been designed for easy manual operation with magnification levels imprinted on the lens barrel.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

196

DIGITAL SLRs

OLYMPUS

ZUIKO DIGITAL LENSES

H I G H - G R A D E S E R I E S D I G I T A L L E N S E S

8mm f/3.5 Fisheye (35mm equivalent of 16mm)

Shoot by land or by sea with this full-frame 8mm fisheye lens. Designed for digital photography, it lets you view and compose ultra-wide-angle “fisheye” images of 180° for dramatic photos with edge-to-edge sharpness. The results are further enhanced due to ED lens elements that minimize chromatic aberrations, a circular aperture diaphragm for natural-looking background blur, and multi-coating to reduce flaring and ghosting. The dust- and splash-resistant design lets you shoot no matter the weather.

The effects produced by barrel distortion and an extensive depth of focus, as well as the ability to capture superb wide-angle macro shots as close as 5.3´, can also be harnessed underwater. The lens can be combined with the E-330 and the PT-EO1 underwater housing to capture sea life up close as deep as 196´.

50mm f/2 Macro ( 35mm equivalent of 100mm)

This compact, affordable digital-specific lens is ideal for macro photography and as a portrait lens. It includes an ED glass element for impressive color accuracy and offers a magnification of 1:2 (half life size), which is equivalent to life size (1:1) in 35mm. Fast f/2.0 maximum aperture makes it ideal for low light photography as well. Optimum balance between the sharp imaging proper to macro lens and smooth open-aperture defocusing, allows the lens to brilliantly capture the many subtleties of human facial expressions. An ED lens element eliminates chromatic aberrations, while a floating mechanism ensures stable, high picture quality from telephoto through macro shooting. Includes LH-55 lens hood.

11-22mm f/2.8-3.5 ( 35mm equivalent of 22-44mm )

The 11-22mm is perfect for capturing sweeping landscapes or covering larger city scenes. High quality lenses, aspherical elements and coatings ensure this wide angle zoom lens range delivers the excellent quality professionals require and expect. This bright, 2x wide angle zoom lens has a low starting focal length of 11mm, giving it wide angle photography options offered by few lenses used in digital SLR systems. Create a desirable tension in your photographs by exaggerated perspective effect. Two glass aspherical lens elements give the high image quality with high-resolution and good contrast. Includes lens hood and lens case.

14-54mm f/2.8-3.5 ( 35mm equivalent of 28-108mm )

A portable, high-quality wide-angle zoom that provides edge-to-edge sharpness and superb color reproduction. The fast f2.8/3.5 aperture makes it ideal for low-light situations while rendering a bright viewfinder image in the camera for easy focus and composition. With three aspherical lens elements, this lens captures sharp, high-contrast images across the entire zoom range. The lens incorporates a high-speed AF mechanism and inner focusing and float mechanisms that enable close-up photography up to the maximum image magnification of

0.26x (0.52x: 35mm equivalent). Includes LH-70 lens hood and lens case.

50–200mm f/2.8-3.5 ( 35mm equivalent of 100-400mm )

An extremely light, compact, high-performance digital-specific telephoto zoom lens, it features f2.8-3.5 brightness and three ED lens elements to correct chromatic aberrations for sharp, high-contrast performance. An inner focusing mechanism enables close-up photography with a maximum image magnification of 0.21x

(0.42x: 35mm equivalent). With its superb performance, this lens is the perfect way to incorporate the defocusing and compression effects specific to telephotography in your creative work. Barrel and all connections are designed using all-metal components and rubber seals make it highly resistant to dust and moisture. The lens comes with a lens case, an LH-70B lens hood, and a removable tripod adapter.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

OLYMPUS

ZUIKO DIGITAL LENSES

197

S U P E R H I G H - G R A D E S E R I E S D I G I T A L L E N S E S

7-14mm f/4 ED ( 35mm equivalent of 14-28mm )

Incorporates large-aperture lens elements with aspherical surfaces on both sides to minimize distortion and offers complete rectilinear capture within a 7-14mm range. Ideal for ultra-wide to wide photography, the lens is designed with ED, Super ED, and aspherical glass elements for a wide distortion-free view and superior sharpness and color from edge-to-edge of the image. An intuitive built-in CPU communicates image information directly to your E-System digital SLR for an even greater level of precision. Inner focusing and floating mechanisms enable close-up shooting as close as 10cm from the front lens across the entire zoom range. Includes a lens case and a built-in lens hood.

35-100mm f/2.0 ( 35mm equivalent of 70-200mm )

Offering tremendous freedom of composition, this lens has a large depth-of-field that makes it ideal for shooting portraits and nature scenes, as well as for indoor sports that need high shutter speeds. Four ED (Extra-low Dispersion) glass lenses and one super ED glass lens produce superior optical clarity and contrast from one-edge of the image to the other. The extensive use of Super ED and ED lens elements eliminates the axial chromatic aberrations common with telephoto lenses, ensuring truly beautiful results. Built-in CPU directly communicates with the camera’s software for exceptional control and accuracy. Rubber seals protect against moisture and dust. Includes a lens hood and a tripod mount.

90-250mm f/2.8 ( 35mm equivalent of 180-500mm)

Sports and nature photographers will love the versatility of this powerful, easy-to-handle super-telephoto zoom lens. Its splash-proof, dust-proof, all-metal barrel construction provide extreme durability in any environment. Incorporates three ED lens components to minimize chromatic aberration in the telephoto position, and provides outstanding image quality with optimal resolution and contrast. Beautiful, tasteful defocusing with fine color reproduction is another special feature of this lens. Built-in CPU automatically corrects lens distortions, shading and exposure information for even further image quality. Includes a lens pouch, a

105mm protective filter and a tripod mount.

150mm f/2.0 ( 35mm equivalent of 300mm)

An easy-to-carry, high-performance telephoto lens that boasts high image quality throughout the shooting range. Designed specifically for digital photography, this lens is extremely portable and features a large maximum aperture of f2.0, incredible low light performance and both ED (Extra-low Dispersion) and Super ED glass lens elements for outstanding sharpness and color. Super ED and ED lens elements provide effective compensation for minimized axial chromatic aberration common with telephoto-type lenses, while inner focusing and floating mechanisms ensure fast, accurate autofocusing.

300mm f/2.8 ( 35mm equivalent of 600mm )

This super telephoto lens combines the world’s most precise optics with compact size and weight for the ultimate in performance and portability. It uses a precision aluminum alloy lens barrel and is half the size of its 600mm 35mm equivalent.

Three ED glass elements eliminate chromatic aberration and ensure uniform, clear imaging performance throughout the image plane, preventing MTF degradation all the way to the image periphery. The fast f2.8 aperture allows you to shoot even in poor lighting conditions. Focus response is quick and precise and can be limited to close or far ranges as well as the full lens range. Bundled with a lens case, removable tripod mount, lens hood, front lens cover, rear lens cap and four internal filters (Clear, ND2, ND4, and Circular Polarizer).

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

198

DIGITAL SLRs

OLYMPUS

ACCESSORIES

Batteries

Battery Holder

(OLLBH1) : Holds 3 CR-123A batteries for use instead of the BLM-1 lithiumion battery. A great backup power option for your Evolt E-Series camera .......................17.95

Rechargeable Li-Ion Battery

(OLBLM01)

7.2v 1500mAh rechargeable lithium-ion battery for the Evolt E-Series ....................49.95

Battery Charger (OLBCM01) : 2-hour quick charger for the lithium-ion battery ..........69.95

Power Flash

Grip (OLFP01)

Battery Charger

(OLBCM01)

Flash Accessories

Power Flash Grip

(OLFP01)

Designed for the FL-50 flash, it can be used in combination with the flash unit’s built-in power supply to provide fast flash charging for an extended number of shots. Head is rotatable 180° for added versatility. Requires flash cable and remote grip cable ....................249.95

High-Voltage Power Pack

(OLSHV01)

For the FL-50 flash...................................439.95

NiMH Battery Pack

(OLBN01)

For the High Voltage Power Pack............139.95

Remote Grip Cable

(OLRG1) : Connects your camera and the Power Flash Grip. It also allows the shutter button on the Power Flash

Grip to be used as a shutter release...........34.95

Flash Cable

(OLCHS) : Attaches to the camera hotshoe and connects to the Flash Bracket enabling TTL flash control with the FL-20,

FL-36 or FL-50 flash off the camera .........52.95

Flash Cable

(OLFLCB05) : Attaches to the camera hotshoe and lets you to use the FL-20, FL-36, or FL-50 flash or standard flash off-camera with most external flash brackets..............52.95

Flash Bracket

(OLBF) : Allows you to move your external flash away from the camera for more evenly illuminated subjects and reduced red-eye effect..............................................52.95

FLASHES

FL-20 Flash

(OLFL20) : Combining power, versatile performance, and a compact, stylish design, the FL-20 attaches directly to your camera hot shoe, or can be used with the Flash Bracket. With a high max. guide number of 20, the FL-20 ensures effective illumination while the manual, normal auto and auto TTL control modes allow the user the choice between full creativity or worry-free automatic operation. It fits in a shirt pocket or camera bag pocket for a quick and easy flash when and where it’s needed...............................114.95

FL-36 Flash

(OLFL36) : The lightweight and compact FL-36 is equipped with a 1/8 step illumination control for precision shooting, a wide-angle diffuser panel for even illumination with wide-angle lenses, a lockable bounce and swivel mechanism for bounce photography from left-right or top-bottom, and a compact zoom head to accommodate lenses from wide-angle to telephoto. It can be powered using two AA batteries or one

CR-3 volt lithium, and offers impressive control due to its ultra-precision mounting technology that allows it to communicate directly to the E-Series cameras..................179.95

FL-50 Flash

(OLFL50) : The FL-50 offers bounce and swivel capability, power zoom and a full range of TTL auto, auto, manual, and Super FP modes. This allows flash sync at up to

1/4000 second so fill-flash can be used in the brightest of situations (only with the E-410 and E-510). This is achieved by the FL-50’s ability to fire before the shutter opens and stay illuminated until after the shutter closes. It also has more even illumination with less corner fall-off than traditional film flashes. GN is 164´ at ISO 100. The FL-50 can be powered by AA or CR-3V batteries, or be used in conjunction with the High Voltage Power Pack for additional power ............374.95

SRF-11 Ring Flash

(OLSRF11) : Discover how soft and shadow-free your close-up photos can be with the SRF-11

Ring Flash, utilizing a circular tube as its light source for just the right amount of illumination. Guide number of 36´ at

ISO 100. Ideal for medical and macro photography. It works with the 50mm Macro ED Zuiko digital lens, and requires the FR-1 Flash Adapter Ring ..........................................479.95

STF-22 Macro Twin Flash

(OLSTF22) : Set macro flash lighting to the exact specifications you require with the Macro Twin Flash. Flashes can be positioned at any desired angle to provide the best illumination of the subject when texture and detail are needed. Can be fired as a single or dual flash unit. Guide number of

72´/22 meters. Flash ratios can be adjusted in

1/3 EV steps, from 1:8 to 8:1, left to right. Or only one flash can be used. Offers TTL auto flash and manual flash capability when used with the FC-1 Macro Flash Controller .....629.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

LENS ACCESSORIES

OM Adapter (OLMF1) : Allows OM lenses to be connected to the 4/3 mount of all E-System cameras. Please note that when using this adapter, Autofocus (AF) is not available,

Stop-down metering is used and Spot metering does not work properly. Although it is possible to use A (aperture priority AE) mode in auto exposure, the aperture display is not available and the aperture display in M (Manual) is not available. In P (Program AE) or S (Shutter speed - priority AE) mode, the shutter releases, but the auto exposure control does not work. The distance scale on the OM system lens may not indicate the actual distance, so users should always use the viewfinder for focusing.......................99.95

Macro Extension Tube

(OLET25) : A 25mm extension tube for macro shooting that attaches between the camera body and an interchangeable lens. It can be used with lenses like the 50mm f/2.0 Macro through the 300mm f/2.8 to allow a greater range of magnification for close-up photographs.

Offers reliable dust and drip proof construction ........119.95

1.4x Teleconverter Lens (OLEC14) : When you need more telephoto in a smaller package, the EC14 1.4x converter is an ideal choice. With only 1 stop of light loss, the 1.4x converter still provides a fast super telephoto for sports and nature photography. Turn the Zuiko Digital 300mm f/2.8 into a

420mm f/4 (35mm equivalent 840mm f/4). The EC14 is compatible with the 14-54mm, 50-200mm, 300mm f2.8, and

50mm f/2 (f2.8 and up) lenses and is fully multi-coated to retain the high lens performance you expect ...............................................................384.95

DIGITAL SLRs

OLYMPUS

ACCESSORIES

199

Viewfinder Accessories

Magnifier Eyecup

(OLASME1)

Increase the viewing distance while also increasing confidence and comfort. With an additional 1.2x viewfinder magnification, you can further close the gap between camera and subject and capture greater detail in the process for more compelling pictures. You’ll even enjoy greater ease confirming the composition and focus of each shot, along with the experience of increased comfort taking it. This eyecup replaces the standard eyecup on any Evolt camera .....................49.95

Magnifier

Eyecup

EP6 Large

Eyecup

EP5 Standard Eyecup

EP5 Standard Eyecup

(OLEP5)

The standard supplied eyecup for Evolt Series cameras. Replacement ................................6.95

EP6 Large Eyecup (OLEP6)

Bigger eyecup made of flexible rubber which gives better protection when using the camera in strong backlit conditions. Also ideal for eye glass wearers. For all Evolt cameras .........17.95

TRAVEL BAG & UNDERWATER HOUSING

Underwater Housing for Evolt E-330

(OLPTE02)

Designed for the EVOLT E-330, this durable, transparent polycarbonate housing protects the camera while providing the confidence to shoot brilliant photos underwater at depths up to 196´. The clear housing offers easy viewing of the LCD and camera settings with conveniently placed buttons and controls for effortless use. Requires Lens Port,

Bracket, and Flash Housing ................................................1099.95

E-System Travel Bag

(OLCTES) : This travel bag features a padded interior capable of vertically fitting an E-system camera with two lenses up to 7˝ long. The interior zippered mesh pocket can hold media cards. Two pockets on the outside can be used to carry extra batteries, remote, etc. A zippered pocket on front flap adds even more versatility. It is carried by a padded adjustable strap .................46.95

Remote Controls

Remote Cable Release

(OLRMUC1)

A remote cable release for the Evolt E-410 and

E-510. It connects to the camera’s USB port, allowing you to take pictures over long exposures while avoiding camera shake.

Additionally, it offers the possibility of locking the release button for bulb exposure.

RM-1 Remote Control

(OLRCC2000Z)

Remote

Cable Release

(OLRMUC1)

RM-1 Remote Control

(OLRCC2000Z)

Control any Evolt E-Series camera remotely, even put yourself in the family photo......29.95

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

200

DIGITAL SLRs

PANASONIC

LUMIX DMC-L1

7.5-Megapixels 4/3 System Digital SLR Camera

Panasonic’s first digital single-lens reflex (SLR) camera with an interchangeable lens, the DMC-L1 delivers clear, detailed, beautiful imaging, free of unwanted digital characteristics, and allows advanced photographers and hobbyists alike satisfying, intuitive shooting from a digital SLR.”

It is equipped with a Leica D Vario-Elmarit lens featuring an optical image stabilization system – MEGA O.I.S – designed specifically for the Leica lens.

It features a magnesium-alloy body, which closely resembles a rangefinder camera from years ago, and combines an aluminum-alloy lens section to offer both high rigidity and a high-grade appearance. The DMC-L1 ensures picture quality through incorporation of a Live MOS image sensor and a lens mount system that conforms to the Four Thirds Standard. A full-time Live View function uses a signal output directly from the Live MOS sensor, allowing users to view the same image on the LCD screen as seen by the sensor and to compose shots with greater ease and accuracy. The camera also offers a dust reduction system using a Supersonic Wave Filter that eliminates the problem of dust adhering to the sensor.

FEATURES

7.5-Megapixel

4/3-type Live MOS Sensor

◆ The ideal sensor for DSLR cameras, the Live

MOS sensor delivers the same high image quality as a CCD sensor with the low power consumption of a CMOS sensor. The L1 uses a new readout circuit providing a greater photoreceptive area per pixel than a conventional CMOS sensor can provide.

The result is the type of wide dynamic range that makes it possible to capture detailed, expressive images with rich gradation.

◆ The Live MOS sensor not only slashes noise, it embeds the photodiodes deeply into the silicon layer, where they are resistant to noise.

This suppresses the rough image texture that is sometimes noticeable (like viewing an image through a dirty window) when shooting in dim lighting, giving you clear, smooth shots even in difficult conditions.

◆ For accurate imaging, light must strike the sensor at a perpendicular angle. When a lens designed for a film camera is used, light from the edge of the image area enters at an angle, resulting in inaccurate color reproduction or dark areas. The L1 uses a lens mount with about twice the diameter of the image circle.

Light strikes the sensor at an almost perpendicular angle, so images are clear and accurate all the way to the edges.

Leica D Vario-Elmarit 14-50mm f/2.8-3.5 ASPH. Lens

◆ Maker of lenses that have captured some of the world's most memorable photographs,

Leica has created its first interchangeable lens exclusively for the digital SLR. The Leica D lens series (‘D’ for digital), developed jointly by Leica and Panasonic specifically for digital photography, is an advanced lens that fuses leading-edge optical and digital technologies at an uncompromisingly high level. As it joins the digital SLR arena,

Panasonic has also chosen to adopt the Four

Thirds™ system in order to maximize the advantages of both image sensor and lens.

The D lens inherits the smooth tonal expression and rich shading that make Leica lenses the choice of both professional and amateur photographers the world over.

◆ This wide-aperture zoom lens provides f/2.8-3.5 brightness from 28mm wide-angle to 100mm telephoto (35mm equivalent).

With 16 lens elements in 12 groups, including two glass-molded dual-sided large diameter aspherical lenses, the D

Vario-Elmarit lens delivers a superb optical performance.

◆ The lens minimizes distortion in wide-angle shots and suppresses the loss of peripheral resolution. An excellent multi-coating process helps reduce ghosts and flaring. The lens provides the sharpness, high resolution and superb color reproduction that convey even the ambience around a subject. The lens barrel is fitted with an aperture ring for a new level of easy, intuitive operation.

Minimum Hand-Shake with MEGA O.I.S.

The D lens features Panasonic's advanced optical image stabilizing system—MEGA O.I.S., making it possible to take clear, sharp macro and low-light shots. With MEGA O.I.S., the Venus Engine operates 4,000 times per second to detect the amount and direction of hand-shake, and then shifts a corrective lens accordingly. Light entering the camera is kept on a straight path as it passes through the lens to the image sensor. Because the shake is corrected entirely within the lens, the image is preserved with original quality intact. Built into the lens, the Venus Engine provides quick, precise image processing for superb image stabilizing control. This permits the DMC-L1 to shoot beautiful shots, without a tripod, in situations where you cannot use a flash or in evening light. You get easier shooting and a wider range of expressive possibilities to explore.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

Venus Engine III

◆ The DMC-L1 features the Venus Engine III.

This image-processing LSI precisely reproduces the magnificent images that are captured by the Leica D lens and sent to the

Live MOS sensor. Its color expression maximizes the beauty of the original image to produce highly natural picture quality.

This superb performance makes the Venus

Engine III an ideal match for the DMC-L1.

– The noise-reduction system distinguishes luminance noise from the chromatic noise that diminishes image quality, and selectively targets the chromatic noise. Even when shooting at a high ISO setting (ranges from standard ISO 100 to very sensitive ISO

1600), you can capture abundant detail and get smooth, clear shots with minimal noise.

– The L1 is built for spectacular high-speed shooting, with a startup of only 0.8 second and burst shooting at 3 frames per second.

The shutter works as fast as you do. The L1 has unlimited consecutive shooting. You can keep shooting until the memory card is full, and choose the best shots later.

– The Venus Engine III combines superb speed and precision with low power consumption.

Together with the Live MOS sensor’s low power consumption, this means more shooting time between battery charges.

Enjoy extended shooting sessions without worrying about the battery, even while taking advantage of the L1’s many functions.

DIGITAL SLRs

PANASONIC

LUMIX DMC-L1

201

Live View LCD

The full-time Live View system is well suited to the coming generation of digital still cameras that pursue the true “joy of shooting”. The DMC-L1’s full-time Live View makes it easy to focus and frame precisely on the 2.5˝ LCD monitor, which has superb 207,000-pixel image quality and a virtually 100% field of view.

In this system, a mirror flips up, directing the same light to both the Live MOS sensor and the

LCD monitor. Full-time Live View operates for auto focusing. When you’re focusing manually, full-time Live View lets you magnify a part of the image by 10x for greater focusing precision.

The DMC-L1’s large, high-image-quality LCD gives you a precise preview of the depth of field without darkening , as the display is bright and easy to see. Checking the results of the 2-axis white balance adjustment on the full-time Live View screen also assures more precise adjustment before shooting. These versatile functions bring forth completely new shooting styles for SLR cameras, and expand the possibilities for photo expression.

Choose the Mode that Best Suits your Creative Intent

The DMC-L1’s Film mode function lets you select from several different image looks according to the subject you're shooting and your creative intent. When shooting in color, you can choose from

Standard, Dynamic, Nature, and Smooth. With black and white, you can choose from Standard,

Dynamic, and Smooth. You can also adjust the contrast, sharpness, saturation and noise reduction levels, to reproduce exactly the mood and atmosphere you want. With these functions, the

DMC-L1 is a digital camera that gives you the same kind of flexibility and satisfaction you enjoy when choosing film for a film camera.

Built-In Flash for Lighting Versatility

Choose from five flash settings, or use Bounce Lighting or 1st Curtain/2nd Curtain Sync.

Exposure can be adjusted ±2 EV in 1/3 EV steps. A hot shoe is provided. Optional compatible flashes allow TTL auto adjustment. The new FP Lighting function also synchronizes the flash at the lightning shutter speed of 1/4000 sec. This greatly expands shooting possibilities by allowing more versatile and precise lighting control.

Records To SD Cards

The DMC-L1 is compatible with Secure Digital (SD) Memory Cards, and is compatible with the mass-storage SD standard based on FAT32 and SDHC super-high-capacity SD Memory Cards with capacities of more than 2 GB.

Light Metering

◆ Three light metering methods let you read delicate lighting differences and accurately match shooting conditions.

– Use Intelligent Multiple light metering to divide the image frame into 49 blocks for multiple-zone light measurement.

– Or choose either Center Weighted or Spot light metering. As for the focusing area, the auto focus system employs a TTL phase difference detection system with three measuring points across a wide image area.

You can also specify a particular point as the focal point. This can be useful in certain shooting situations or shooting techniques.

◆ Auto Bracket mode permits up to 5 pictures to be recorded in the selected exposure compensation range each time the shutter button is pressed.

The Digital SLR that Feels the Way a Camera Should

An operating feel that is both perfectly intuitive and deeply satisfying. A level of responsiveness to capture even the most fleeting moment.

An expressive ability that inspires creativity.

Panasonic developed the Lumix L1 by delving into the essence of the single lens reflex camera and image creation. They combined the first interchangeable lens designed by Leica specifically for the digital SLR camera with the advanced technologies that make Panasonic a world leader in digital imaging. They ended with a ground-breaking digital SLR that stands apart from all the others.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

202

DIGITAL SLRs

PANASONIC

LUMIX DMC-L1

Photographic Tool

Designed to be a tool that photographers will find both comfortable in their hands and a joy to use – a camera that looks, feels and works the way a finely crafted camera should. The

DMC-L1 is designed to deliver total satisfaction – in operation, performance and results.

The DMC-L1 features analog-like controls that feel comfortable and instantly familiar. Easily adjust settings with the touch of a fingertip, check them with a quick glance, and set the exposure intuitively. Turn the aperture ring with your left hand (which supports the lens) and operate the shutter speed dial with your right hand (holding the camera body). These two controls adjust the exposure, which is critical in picture quality. For photographers who consider the way a camera feels an important part of photo shooting, the DMC-L1 is a revolutionary digital camera. It's easy to use and feels just right in your hands. Each time you make a

1/3-EV step adjustment of either the shutter speed or the aperture, the camera responds with a reassuring click.

Dust Reduction System—Protecting the Image Sensor

One of the risks with a digital SLR camera is that, during a lens change, dust or dirt could make its way into the camera and adhere to the image sensor. This would show up as a flaw in the same location of every photo you shoot. Even worse, the foreign matter could damage the image sensor.

The only remedy would be to have the image sensor replaced – a costly undertaking. The L1 solves this problem with a supersonic wave Dust Reduction System. Each time the camera is turned on, a filter positioned between the low pass filter and shutter vibrates around 30,000 times a second to shake away dust or dirt. The loosened dust is collected by a dust adhesion section located under the filter. Because the area between sensor and filter is completely airtight, no dust adheres to the low pass filter or image sensor. This advanced supersonic wave filter requires no maintenance. If you use a digital SLR camera with interchangeable lenses, this kind of advanced protection against dust is absolutely essential.

Bundled Software

LUMIX Simple Viewer:

This software is used to upload JPEG images taken by the

DMC-L1 to a PC, and easily manage, edit or correct them. It also makes it easy to upload images to a Web site, create slide shows, and print images.

PHOTOfunSTUDIO-viewer:

This image viewing software lets you upload image data to a

PC, then organize the images into categories, process them, and print them. It can also be used to convert RAW files to

JPEG format.

Responsive Aperture Ring

Photographers who appreciate the feeling of creating photo images place top priority on the camera's operation. The DMC-L1 takes operation a big step beyond conventional digital SLR lenses by adding an aperture ring to the lens barrel, alongside the zoom ring and wide focus ring. You can set the aperture from

2.8 to 22 in 1/3 EV steps. This combines with the shutter speed dial to give you quick, precise, intuitive control over the exposure setting. You'll feel a distinct click as you turn the aperture ring. This not only enhances your sense of control, it lets the photographer and camera become one.

SILKYPIX Developer Studio 2.0 SE:

This software lets the user process RAW data images in a variety of ways to match the original shooting intent. Its advanced developing capabilities suppress problems like unnatural edges at color borders and color noise, while its high resolution and superb color separating performance lend beautiful expression to details. Image Adjustment

Menu includes Exposure bias, Tone adjustment, Color adjustment, Sharpness adjustment ,

White balance and more.

Familiar Shutter Speed Dial

The shutter speed dial and shutter button are positioned along the same axis on the camera top. They feel instantly familiar to your fingers and provide comfortable, intuitive operation.

In manual mode, you can use the shutter speed dial and cursor button to set the speed from 1/4,000 to 60 seconds, or you can select bulb shooting. The 1/160-sec X-sync speed provides a wide response to flash shots.

Because the dial is right there for you to see, operation is quick and easy.

In the Box

• Leica D Vario-Elmarit 14-50mm f/2.8-3.5

MEGA O.I.S. Aspherical Lens

• Lithium-Ion Battery Pack (CGR-S603A)

• Battery Charger/AC Adaptor (DE-972A)

• AC Power Cable (K2CA2EA00002)

• DC Power Cable (K2GJ2DZ00028)

• USB Cable (K1HA05CD0004)

• Video Cable (K2KJ2CB00001)

• Body Cap (VKF4091)

• Eyepiece Cap (VGQ8990)

• Front Lens Cap (VYF3089)

• Rear Lens Cap (VFC4185)

• Lens Hood & Adaptor (VYC0949)

• Lens Storage Bag (VFC4206)

• Camera Strap (VFC4189)

• Software CD-ROM Lumix Simple Viewer,

Photo Fun Studio, USB Driver, SILKYPIX

Developer Studio)

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

ACCESSORIES

Shoe Mount Flashes

DMW-FL500

(PADMWFL500)

The DMW-FL500 shoe mount flash is fully compatible with the

DMC-L1. Guide No.

164'/50 m at 85mm. This flash offers full bounce and swivel flexibility, and its auto-zoom head will automatically adjust to match the angle of the lens within this range. It also features an additional wide-angle panel for extreme wide-angle situations ..519.95

DMW-FL360

(PADMWFL360)

The DMW-FL360 shoe mount flash is compatible with the DMC-L1. Guide

No. 118'/36 m at 85mm.

This flash offers full bounce and swivel flexibility, and an auto-zoom head which will automatically adjust to match the angle of the lens within this range. It also features an additional wide-angle panel for extreme wide-angle situations...............................269.95

CGR-S603 Battery Pack

(PACGRS603A1B)

Lithium-ion battery for the

Lumix DMC-L1.................69.95

Shutter Remote Control

(PADMWRSL1)

The Remote Shutter Release makes it easier to use the

DMC-L1. The long cable

(2.5m) means that you can step away from the camera when shooting, or place the camera in awkward positions where using the on-camera release is difficult. ......................................69.95

DMW-BAL1

(PADMWBAL1)

Leather gadget bag for the DMC-L1 digital camera. .........................................169.95

DIGITAL SLRs

PANASONIC

LUMIX DMC-L1

203

Camera Type

Image sensor

Image sensor size

Effective Resolution

Aspect ratio

LCD Display (Size, Pixels)

Optical Image Stabilization

Image File Formats

Color Modes

Recorded Resolution

Focus Type

Remote Control

Battery Type

Power Adapter

Dimensions (HxWxD)/ Weight

LUMIX DMC-L1

Interchangeable Lens Digital SLR Camera

4/3 type, 7.9 megapixel Live MOS sensor with RGB Primary color filter array,

Fixed low pass filter, and Supersonic Wave Filter dust protection system

17.3 x 13.0 mm Active Area

7.5 Million Pixels

3:4 (vertical : horizontal)

2.5˝, 207,000 with 100% Field of View

Supports Leica Optical Image Stabilization System (Mega O.I.S.)Lenses

JPEG (Design rule for Camera File system, based on Exif 2.21 standard),

DPOF corresponding, RAW sRGB, Adobe RGB

4:3 Aspect Ratio 3136 x 2352, 2560 x 1920, 2048 x 1536

3:2 Aspect Ratio 3136 x 2080, 2560 x 1712, 2048 x 1360

16:9 Aspect Ratio 3136 x 1760, 1920 x 1080

TTL Phase Difference Detection system

AF assist illuminator (Single Servo AF(S), Continuous Servo AF(C),

Manual focus(M))

Exposure Control

Shutter Type

Shutter Speed (seconds)

Exposure Metering

Exposure Modes

White Balance Modes

Auto ISO, Selectable ISO 100 -1600

Focal-plane Shutter

60 - 1/4000 with bulb (up to 8 minutes)

TTL Full Aperture Light Metering by 49 Zone Multi-Pattern Sensing System

(optical) or 256 Zone Multi-Pattern Sensing System (Live View Mode),

Program AE, Aperture Priority AE, Shutter Priority AE, Manual,

Exposure Compensation in 1/3 EV Steps), Auto Bracketing AE

Auto, Daylight, Cloudy, Shade, Halogen, Flash, White Set, Color Temperature

Setting, White Balance Adjustment

Pop-up Auto, Auto/Red-eye reduction, Forced on/Red-eye reduction, Built-in Flash

External Flash Connection / Control Hot-shoe, TTL Flash Control with DMW-FL500, simple synchro with others

X-Sync speed Less than 1/160 second

Flash synchronization

Burst Capability

Viewfinder

Depth-of-Field Preview

1st. curtain sync. and 2nd curtain sync. (selectable)

3 frames/sec or 2 frames/sec

Optical SLR Viewfinder (Mirror) with diopter adjustment (-3 to +1 diopter)

Yes

Compatible Memory Cards

Computer Interface

System & Software Requirements

Playback Options

SD Memory Card, SDHC Memory Card, Multimedia Card

USB 2.0

Windows 98SE, 2000, ME, XP, Macintosh OS X (10.2 or later)

Single, Thumbnail (9 or 25 up), Calendar display, Zoomed playback (to 16x) image rotation (except for Raw), Slide Show, Favorite Pictures,

Resizing, Trimming, Protection, Aspect Conversion, DPOF Print Setting

DMW-RSL1 wired remote (optional)

CGR-S603A Li-ion battery pack (7.2 V, 1500 mAh)

DE-972A Battery Charger/AC Adapter (included)

3.5 x 5.8 x 3.2˝ / 18.7 oz. (Body Only)

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

204

DIGITAL SLRs

PENTAX

K110D • K100D

6.1-Megapixel Digital SLR

The K110D and K100D are 6.1-megapixel digital SLRs that are not only compatible with any Pentax lens ever made, they also pack an array of advanced, user-friendly features like high-precision autofocus, 6-segment multi-pattern metering, bright, high-precision viewfinder, 2.5˝LCD monitor, and auto sensitivity control — into a compact, well-balanced body. Designed to accommodate a wide range of shooting and playback requirements, their outstanding overall performance makes high-quality digital SLR photography effortless, fun and exciting for all users in all situations — from casual travel snapshots and memorable family pictures to highly specialized applications.

They feature a friendly Mode Dial offering Auto Picture and Picture modes as well as

Scene modes for even simpler photography. All this in a compact design with high-rigidity stainless-steel chassis that is built to last. Otherwise identical, the K100D steps-up with Pentax’s Shake Reduction (SR) system. The SR system in the K100D effectively offers a 2 to 3.5 stop advantage for sharp, blur-free images even under difficult shooting conditions, such as using a telephoto lens or shooting in low light without a flash.

FEATURES

High Image Quality

◆ 6.1-megapixel image sensor, ensures the faithful reproduction of your photographic intent —resulting in images with beautiful out-of-focus backgrounds to those with edge-to-edge sharpness. The high-resolution sensor combined with high-performance imaging engine and advanced imageprocessing technologies produce beautiful, true-to-life images that are rich in gradation.

They also offer a choice of two finishing touches of “Natural” or “Bright” to create a distinctive atmosphere.

◆ They have a sophisticated AF system to automatically focus on the subject with utmost precision, even when positioned off center. They offer a choice of two AF modes:

Conventional single AF, and continuous AF, which maintains focus on the moving subject as long as the shutter release button is pressed halfway down. They also give you choice of two depth-of-field preview functions (digital/optical)

◆ You have a choice of image formats between

JPEG (Best, Better or Good) and RAW

◆ To further enhance quality, a noise reduction function can be activated at slow shutter speeds to eliminate digital noise that may spoil the quality of captured images during extended exposures.

High Performance

◆ They feature an auto sensitivity control function, which automatically sets the optimum standard output sensitivity – up to

ISO 3200, which is the highest automatic setting in their class – based on data such as the subject’s brightness level and the lens’ focal length. Since this function allows the use of higher shutter speeds in poor lighting situations (like night scenes), it helps the photographer to effectively reduce camera shake and prevent blurred images.

◆ Their sophisticated 16-segment multipattern metering system instantly solves even the most complicated lighting conditions to produce beautifully exposed images frame after frame. Spot and centerweighted metering modes are also available.

◆ They offer a top shutter speed of 1/4000 second to freeze fast-moving subjects and capture decisive moments. They also offer flash synchronization speed of 1/180 second and a bulb setting (B) for extended exposures.

◆ To trace the movement of an active subject or capture a sequence of the subject’s expressions, their continuous shooting mode allows capture of up to five images at

“Best” image quality JPEGs at a maximum speed of approximately 2.8

images per second.

Conveniences

◆ They feature a bright, clear viewfinder which combines a Pentax finder optics and a

Natural-Bright-Matte II focusing screen to deliver bright, clear subject image with a

0.85x magnification and a 96% field of view.

◆ They offer Auto Picture Mode, which automatically selects one of the five Picture modes - including Portrait, Landscape and

Macro - by calculating various photographic factors to assure optimum results. Since this mode takes away all the concerns about aperture, shutter-speed, white-balance, saturation, contrast and sharpness settings, the photographer can concentrate on image composition and shutter opportunity.

◆ Their 2.5˝ 210,000 pixel LCD monitor has a wide-view design that allows you to check the monitor image over 140° vertically and horizontally, ensuring effortless image viewing even from a diagonal position.

◆ Playback images with up to 12x magnification for easy confirmation of the image’s focusing status and details. The monitor allows for large letters, digits and icons on the menu screens, and a color scheme between the menu listings and the background is optimized for each menu screen to assure at-a-glance confirmation, even under varying shooting conditions.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

◆ While compact and lightweight, they incorporate a stainless-steel chassis and a fiber-reinforced engineering plastic housing to reinforce overall rigidity and durability.

◆ 19 custom functions to personalize camera operations

◆ They use Secure Digital (SD) memory card as storage media, assuring high-speed recording and readout of image data, and helping to reduce camera body size. Furthermore, the cameras can store images standard format where all files are located in one folder, or the images can be automatically stored in folders for each day of shooting using the save-by-day feature.

◆ They can run on three different power sources to maximize user convenience. Use either 4x AA (lithium, alkaline, and NiMH),

2x CR-V3 batteries or optional AC adapter.

◆ USB 2.0 compatibility for speedy data transfer to PC and PictBridge compatibility for printing without a computer(One image print, All image print, DPOF, Paper size,

Paper type, Paper quality, Border)

◆ Five digital filters (B&W, Sepia, Slim, Soft and Brightness) for easy editing of recorded images.

◆ In addition to the five Picture Modes, there are also 8 scene modes including Night

Scene, Surf & Snow, Text, Sunset, Kids, Pet,

Candlelight and Museum

◆ Use your existing Pentax

35mm lenses and accessories.

The K110D and

K100D offers the outstanding benefit of lens interchangeability that allows users to take advantage of almost all existing Pentax interchangeable lenses. (Pentax K, KA, KAF and KAF2-mount 35mm-format lenses can be used without an adapter or modification.

Pentax screw-mount 35mm-format lenses and Pentax 645- and 67-system lenses can be used with an adapter. Some functions may not be available with certain lenses.)

DIGITAL SLRs

PENTAX

K110D • K100D

205

Bundled Software

Photo Browser 3 facilitates various post-shooting operations, including the transfer of recorded images to and the filing, browsing, editing, simple revision, and printing of transferred images on a PC. Photo Browser 3 offers fast image-processing speed, simplified image transfer operations, enhanced docketing and protect functions, and a detailed image data display plus the ability to convert files to the DNG format.

◆ Speedy transfer of recorded images to a PC

◆ Thumbnail display in four different sizes

◆ Instant preview of a selected image

◆ Detailed image data display, including a

Scene mode name

◆ Extraction and filing of JPEG format from

RAW data

◆ A variety of image file editing functions

◆ Addition of a data conversion function to

Adobe DNG format

◆ Image-rotation, image magnification and slide show functions

◆ Auto image quality compensation function

◆ Simple print function

Pentax Photo Laboratory 3 Not only processes undeveloped RAW data, but also offers a variety of image-editing functions on a PC. Featuring SILKYPIX as its image-development engine, it assures fast data processing speeds and also performs various image-editing and data-manipulation functions without requiring additional retouching software.

◆ Display and direct printing of RAW data files

◆ Development and filing of RAW data in

JPEG and TIFF formats

◆ White-balance control using a gray point

◆ Gradation control using a tone curve

◆ Histogram display, with over and underexposure warnings

◆ Simplified image editing, with sensitivity, brightness, saturation, contrast and outline controls

◆ Noise reduction, peripheral brightness control, distortion compensation and chromatic aberration compensation functions

◆ Image compensation for digital shift

Shake Reduction (SR) System —K100D Only

The K100D is equipped with the Pentax-developed Shake Reduction

(SR) system, which effectively reduces camera shake for sharp, blurfree images even under difficult shooting conditions, such as using a telephoto lens, shooting in the dark or at night without extra flash illumination, or using extended exposures for sunset scenes. The SR mechanism incorporated in the K100D is designed to minimize camera shake by oscillating the CCD image sensor vertically and horizontally at high speed using magnetic force, while adjusting the speed of oscillation in proportion to the amount of camera shake detected by a built-in sensor. As a result, it does not require special anti-shake lenses, and can be used with almost all existing Pentax interchangeable lenses.

◆ The SR system is activated only when you press the shutter release, any effect on battery consumption is negligible.

◆ Leave SR on, turning it off only when using a tripod or panning (deliberately moving the camera in the direction of subject motion to blur the background).

◆ AF speed, shutter lag time and continuous shooting rate are unaffected, because

SR operation is instantaneous, occurring within the normal exposure interval.

◆ By building the system into the body, SR provides maximum flexibility and requires no compromises in optical quality.

◆ To provide optimal shake reduction, the camera must “know” the focal length of the lens in use. Pentax F, FA, D-FA, and

DA lenses automatically relay focal length information to the camera. With older lenses, users can manually input focal length information via the SR menu which allows focal lengths all the way from 8- 800mm.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

206

DIGITAL SLRs

PENTAX

K10D

10.2-Megapixel Water-Resistant Digital SLR

Combining 10.2-megapixel image sensor with a host of advanced technologies including Pentax’s original Shake Reduction (SR) system to minimize the adverse effects of camera shake, an A/D converter designed to swiftly and accurately convert a large volume of data, and a high-performance imaging engine, the K10D delivers high-quality digital images and responsive operation for advanced photo enthusiasts.

The K10D also comes equipped with a host of features and functions designed to assist the photographer in all aspects of high-quality digital SLR photography.

They include a Dust Removal (DR) system to keep dust off the CCD surface, a

Pentax-original exposure system for accurate reproduction of the photographer’s creative intentions, and a dependable dust-proof, water-resistant body construction with 72 seals throughout the camera to allow photographers to continue shooting even in dusty or rainy environments.

Combined, the K10D delivers exceptionally high image quality and responds brilliantly to the exacting demands of advanced photographers and keen amateurs alike.

◆ 10.2-megapixel resolution image sensor ensures the reproduction of true-to-life, rich-gradation images. Gives photographers the flexibility to blow up their prints to the large sizes supported by many of today’s printers, or crop the image to print only a part of the image that is important to them.

◆ The high-rigidity stainless-steel chassis of the K10D boasts a reliable dust-proof, and water-resistant construction, with special seals applied to 72 different parts of the camera body, including the shutter release button and switches/levers/dials, making it possible to use the K10D in the rain or in dusty locations without any worry.

◆ 22-bit high-performance A/D converter, faithfully converts the analog data collected by the CCD image sensor into digital data that offers a digital-conversion capacity

1000 times greater than conventional

12-bit, 4,096-gradation A/D converters.

◆ Designed exclusively for Pentax digital

SLR cameras, the PRIME (Pentax Real

Image Engine) produces well-balanced, true-to-life images through efficient control of CCD signals, saturation, brightness, white balance, sharpness and contrast. Its fast memory also serves to enhance speedy image processing and high-speed data transfer.

S TEP UP F EATURES FROM THE K100D—

Versatile Exposure System

◆ The K10D’s Hyper Program function allows the user to instantly switch to the Shutter-

Priority AE (Tv) mode or Aperture-Priority

AE (Av) mode from the Program AE mode, with a simple turn of the electronic dials on the grip, and when shooting in the Metered

Manual mode, a single push of the green button allows the user to instantly set the proper exposure for the subject.

◆ The K10D also features two unique shooting modes; the Sensitivity-Priority AE (Sv) mode, is designed to automatically select the optimum combination of aperture and shutter speed for a user-selected sensitivity, and the Shutter & Aperture-Priority AE (TAv) mode will automatically select the most appropriate sensitivity for a user-selected shutter-speed and aperture combination.

Battery Grip

D-Li50 Battery

Remote Control F

Battery Grip (PEDBG2) : Using the D-Li50 li-ion battery (not included), this grip provides the necessary power to ensure optimal performance of the K10D while in continuous use. It features an additional shutter release, adjusting dial for selecting aperture or shutter speed and other functional controls – particularly practical if shooting vertically. With proven Pentax ergonomics, the camera fits reliably and comfortably in the hand. The battery compartment provides storage space for a memory card and remote control next to the batteries ................149.95

D-Li50 Rechargeable Lithium-Ion Battery (PEDLI50) : Featuring lithium technology, the D-Li50 provides maximum battery life and maximum power. It also features No Memory Effect that lets you recharge partially drained batteries without reducing runtime .....49.95

Remote Control F (PERCF) : An infrared remote control is handy for taking pictures of subjects that are difficult to approach, for selfportraits, or to minimize vibration for close-ups and time exposure. It features 3-sec. delay shutter release ..................................................19.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

◆ Pentax Dust Removal system prevents dust from sticking to the surface of the CCD image sensor. The Special Protect (SP) coating effectively removes dust and stains from the surface. Dust that still remains on the surface will be shaken off when the SR system shifts the CCD at high speed. The dust that is shaken off the CCD will fall onto an adhesive sheet positioned at the bottom of the SR unit, eliminating any possibility of its returning to the CCD surface.

◆ The K10D’s shutter unit is designed to withstand nearly 100,000 releases, whilst assuring high-precision operation over the entire shutter-speed range - up to a top speed of 1/4000 second. It also features a flash synchronization speed of 1/180 second for more versatile flash photography.

◆ 32 custom functions to personalize camera operations.

◆ Extended bracket function to capture three images of the same subject at different contrast, saturation, sharpness or whitebalance levels.

◆ Compatibility with conventional SD memory cards and SDHC memory cards.

◆ Simultaneous recording of RAW and JPEG images.

◆ Manual fine adjustment of white balance.

◆ Six built-in digital filters (Black-and-white,

Sepia, Slim, Soft, Brightness and Color) for easy editing of recorded images.

◆ Remote shutter release from the front and back sides of the camera using optional remote controller.

Optional Focusing Screens

Pentax offers two optional focusing screens for the K10D to replace the standard screen.

LI-80 AF Scale Matte LL-80 AF Divided Matte

LL-80 AF Divided Matte Screen (PEFSLL80)

Combines the focus area brackets with a grid to assure proper composition....................44.95

LI-80 AF Scale Matte Screen (PEFSLI80)

Provides a scale to verify subject placement for critical applications....................................44.95

DIGITAL SLRs

PENTAX

K10D

207

Effective Resolution

LCD Display (Size, Pixels)

Image File Formats

Color Modes

Optical Image Stabilization

Focus Type

K110D

6.1 Million Pixels

2.5˝, 210,000

K100D

6.1 Million Pixels

2.5˝, 210,000

K10D

10.2 Million Pixels

2.5˝, 210,000

RAW, JPEG (Best, Better, RAW, JPEG (Best, Better,

Good) Exif 2.21, DCF, Good) Exif 2.21, DCF,

DPOF & PIM III compliant

DPOF & PIM III compliant

RAW (PEF or DNG)

JPEG (Best, Better, Good)

Exif 2.21, DCF, DPOF,

PRINT Image

Matching III

Color (18 types), B&W

Sepia, Soft (3 Levels)

Slim

TTL phase-matching

11-point autofocus system (SAFOX VIII) with AF assist lamp

Color (18 types), B&W

Sepia, Soft (3 Levels)

Slim

TTL phase-matching

11-point autofocus system (SAFOX VIII) with AF assist lamp

Color (18 types), B&W

Sepia, Soft (3 Levels)

Slim (+/- 8 levels),

Brightness (playback)

TTL phase-matching

11-point autofocus system (SAFOX VIII)

Exposure Control

Auto ISO

Selectable

Shutter Speed (seconds)

Mirror Lock-Up

Exposure Metering

Built-in Flash

Effective Flash Range

External Flash Connection

External Flash Control

Max Flash Synchronization Speed

Burst Capability

Compatible Memory Cards

Computer Interface

Direct Print Capability

Battery Type

Power Adapter

Dimensions (HxWxD) (Body Only)

Weight (Body Only)

200-3200 200-3200 user defined range

200, 400, 800, 1600, 3200 200, 400, 800, 1600, 3200 100, 200, 400, 800, 1600

30 - 1/4000

30 - 1/4000

TTL open-aperture TTL open-aperture metering (16-segment, metering (16-segment,

Center-Weighted Center-Weighted

& Spot meter)

EV1 - EV21.5 Metering

Range (At ISO 200 with 50mm f1.4 lens)

& Spot meter)

EV1 - EV21.5 Metering

Range (At ISO 200 with 50mm f1.4 lens)

30 - 1/4000

TTL open-aperture metering (16-segment,

Center-Weighted

& Spot meter)

Series-control Retractable Series-control Retractable Series-control Retractable

P-TTL pop-up flash P-TTL pop-up flash P-TTL pop-up flash

Up to 49´ Up to 49´ Up to 36´

@ ISO 100

Hot Shoe Hot Shoe Hot Shoe

P-TTL high speed sync P-TTL high speed sync w/ Pentax dedicated flash w/ Pentax dedicated flash

P-TTL high speed sync and wireless sync w/ Pentax dedicated flash

1/180 second

2.8 fps up to 5 frames

(JPEG)

1/180 second

2.8 fps up to 5 frames

(JPEG)

1/180 Sceond

3fps to card capacity

(JPEG)

Secure Digital (SD) Card Secure Digital (SD) Card

Secure Digital (SD) Card

Secure Digital High

Capacity (SDHC) Card

USB 2.0

USB 2.0

USB 2.0

PictBridge

4x AA

2x CR-V3

PictBridge

4x AA

2x CR-V3

PictBridge

D-LI50

Lithium-ion

Optional

3.6 x 5.1 x 2.8˝

19.8 oz.

Optional

3.6 x 5.1 x 2.8˝

19.8 oz.

Optional

4.0 x 5.6 x 2.8˝

25.0 oz.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

208

DIGITAL SLRs

PENTAX

DIGITAL LENSES

Pentax has the perfect lens for every shot

The highest quality optical systems have been the goal of Pentax since 1919. Pentax has always followed the principle of manufacturing timeless high-quality lenses that will be compatible with future camera models. Regardless of their targeted application the new lenses are noted for being particularly bright, flexible and compact. Whether a zoom for an increased focal length range, a telephoto to bring distant objects near or a macro lens to give life to the smallest subject - the Pentax lens system offers the range for today’s cameras.

S T A N D A R D L E N S E S

DA 14mm f/2.8 ED-IF

The super wideangle DA 14mm f/2.8 incorporates a high-refraction extra low dispersion (ED) glass element to produce high-resolution, high-contrast images with true-to-life color rendition, and features an internal focus system to make focusing smoother and faster. Like all Pentax lenses, this lens is treated with the acclaimed SMC coating for maximum light transmission, sharp definition, and high contrast images. Filter size is 77mm.

DA 21mm f/3.2 AL Limited

With high-performance optics, this lens measures only 1˝ long and weighs a mere 4.9 ounces.

Mounted on any Pentax digital SLR body, the lens protrudes very little from the camera’s front panel, making it an ideal choice for carry-everywhere, instantaneous snapshot photography. This versatile angle of view produces natural images with a moderate perspective and an expanded depth of field (or a wide in-focus area), making it ideal for many different types of subjects and occasions, including snapshots, landscape, travel photos, and architecture. A hybrid aspherical lens effectively compensates for a variety of aberrations, which cause adverse effects on overall image quality. In order to assure high-quality image reproduction over the entire focusing range, it also features a floating mechanism, which is designed to adjust the degree of aberration compensation in relation to the focusing distance. Filter size is 49mm.

DA 40mm f/2.8 Limited

Combine a Pentax digital SLR with the DA 40mm f/2.8 Limited and you have the world’s smallest and lightest digital SLR combination. A unique pancake style standard lens (35mm equivalent of 60mm), it measures just .59˝ in length and weighs just 3.2 oz. It is treated with

SMC coating for maximum light transmission, sharp definition, and high contrast images.

The advanced optical design used for this lens provides exceptional high resolution optics with minimal aberrations. Quick-Shift Focus system allows for instant shift from AF to manual focus. Filter size is 49mm.

DA 70mm f/2.4 Limited

The DA 70mm f/2.4 Limited features an ultra-thin pancake design and uni-focal, medium-telephoto optics. With a medium-telephoto perspective, the lens is ideal for many applications including portraits and landscape (35mm equivalent of 105mm). High-performance optics ensure outstanding image quality, and provide distinctive visual expression. Materials used for this lens are selected for optimum holding comfort and operability, giving it a go-anywhere portability for casual, day-to-day snapshot photography. High-grade aluminum construction in the lens barrel, hood, and cap. Pentax

SP coating helps protect the lens against dust, water, and grease. Quick-shift Focus System for instant

AF to MF switching. Filter size is 49mm.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

PENTAX

DIGITAL LENSES

209

Z O O M L E N S E S

DA Fish-Eye 10-17mm f3.5-4.5 ED (IF)

Enables the shooting of fisheye images with a 180° angle-of-view and a focal length of

10mm. Super wide-angle performance allows you to make use of dramatic changes in angle-of-view resulting from slight changes in focal length. Capture images with an expanded perspective including creative deformation of subjects and sharp pan focus that extends throughout the entire frame. An ingenious internal focus system allows focus from as close as 1˝, giving you the power to fill the whole frame with surprisingly small subjects. Water and oil repellent SP (Super Protective) lens coating for easy cleaning. Extra-low Dispersion (ED) glass for superior sharpness and color correction.

Responsive “Quick-Shift Focus System” allows instant shift from AF to MF. Durable metallic lens mount, lens cap constructed from high-quality aluminum.

DA

12-24mm

DA 12-24mm f/4 ED-AL (IF)

A compact, lightweight 2x zoom lens that offers an ultra-wide-angle perspective

(35mm equivalent of a 18.5-37mm), the lens features DA 12-24mm features Extra-low

DA Fish-Eye

10-17mm

Dispersion (ED) glass lens element and two aspherical lens elements to offer superior sharpness and color correction and more true-to-life image reproduction. Responsive “Quick-Shift Focus System” allows instant shift from AF to MF. Internal focus system makes focusing smoother and faster. Durable metallic lens mount. Filter size is 77mm.

DA 16-45mm f/4 ED-AL (IF)

Featuring a 3x zoom ratio with focal lengths covering ultra-wide-angle to normal range (35mm equivalent of a 24-69mm lens), this lens incorporates a high-refraction extra low dispersion (ED) glass element to produce a high-resolution, high-contrast image with true-to-life color rendition, and aspherical lens elements to help transmit the light more efficiently through the lens to the focal plane. “Quick-Shift Focus System” allows an instant switch from autofocus to manual focus with a slight twist of the focus ring. Coupled with simple, functional design, and the elimination of the aperture ring, the camera’s operability is significantly improved. Filter size is 67mm.

DA 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6

The DA 18-55mm provides a focal length covering a wide to moderate wide-angle range (35mm equivalent of a 27.5mm-84mm lens). Aspherical optical elements contribute to a reduction in size and weight of the lens and offers more effective compensation of unwanted aberrations. The lens is treated with Pentax’s acclaimed SMC coating for maximum light transmission, sharp definition, and high contrast while minimizing flare and ghost imaging. Quick-Shift Focus System allows for instant switch-over from AF to manual focus. The aperture ring has been eliminated, simplifying camera operations and improving appearance. Aperture is now set from the camera.

Filter size is 52mm.

DA 50-200mm f/4-5.6 ED

The 35mm equivalent of a 76.5-306mm, the DA 50mm-200mm incorporates an Extra-low Dispersion

(ED) glass lens element and two aspherical lens elements for true-to-life image reproduction and overall size reduction. Responsive “Quick-Shift Focus System” allows photographers to instantly switch the focus mode from auto to manual with a slight twist of the focus ring. Coupled with a simple, functional design and the elimination of an aperture ring, this new mechanism considerably improves operability. Quick-Shift Focus System allows to instantly switch the focus mode from AF to manual with a slight twist of the focus ring. Supplied filter hood has at window that facilitates the mounting and removal of a polarizing filter. Metallic lens mount affords extra durability.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

210

DIGITAL SLRs

PENTAX

DIGITAL LENSES

D A * L E N S E S

DA* series lenses feature a tightly sealed, weather-resistant and dust-resistant construction to enhance durability for use in rain or dusty conditions, making them the perfect companion for the weather-sealed K10D. The lenses also feature the Quick-Shift Focus System for instant switching to manual-focus operation and SP (Super Protect) coating to repel dust, water and grease. They are equipped with a new SDM System for smoother, quieter auto-focusing operation using a built-in supersonic motor. When mounted on the K10D, the focus mode is automatically switched to SDM assisted autofocusing.

DA* 16-50mm f/2.8 ED AL-IF SDM

A versatile 3.1x ultra-wide to medium-telephoto coverage lens, the DA* 16-50mm (35mm equivalent of a 24.5-76.5mm zoom), may be used as a standard zoom lens in a wide variety of applications, including landscape and portrait. It incorporates two ED elements and three aspherical elements, to effectively compensate for chromatic and spherical aberrations.

DA* 50-135mm f/2.8 ED-IF SDM

Mounted on a Pentax D/SLR camera body, this 2.7x zoom lens offers the 35mm equivalent of a 76.5-207mm zoom. Coupled with a large maximum aperture of f/2.8, it is a perfect telephoto zoom lens for applications such as portraiture featuring beautifully obscured, out-of-focus backgrounds and sports photography freezing split-second action at high shutter speeds. Three ED elements, the lens effectively minimizes chromatic aberrations.

Treated with Pentax-original coating to effectively minimize internal reflections in the optical elements and greatly improve the image description of backlit subjects.

Lens

DA 14mm f/2.8 ED-IF

DA 21mm f/3.2 AL Limited

DA 40mm f/2.8 Limited

DA 70mm f/2.4 Limited

DA Fish-Eye 10-17mm f3.5-4.5 ED (IF)

DA 12-24mm f/4 ED-AL (IF)

DA 16-45mm f/4 ED-AL (IF)

DA 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6

DA 50-200mm f/4-5.6 ED

DA* 16-50mm f/2.8 ED AL-IF SDM

DA* 50-135mm f/2.8 ED-IF SDM

Lens Construction

( elements/groups)

11/12

13/11

13/10

12/9

11/10

5/8

4/5

5/6

10/8

15/12

18/14

Picture

Angle

90°

68°

39°

23°

180 to 100°

99 to 61°

83 to 35°

76 to 29°

31.5 to 8.1°

83 to 31.5°

31.5 to 11.9°

Minimum f/stop

22

22

22

22

22-32

22

22

22 @ 18mm

TBD

22

22

Filter

Size

77

52

52

77

67

43 or 49

49

49

77

67

Lens

Case

37755

33924

37726

TBD

33944

33927

TBD

TBD

Lens

Hood

38838

MH-RBA 43mm

MH-RC

MH-RB 49mm

PH-RBI 77mm

38737

PH-RBA

TBD

TBD

TBD

Weight

14.8 oz.

4.9 oz.

3.2 oz.

4.6 oz.

11.3 oz.

15.2 oz.

12.9 oz.

7.9 oz.

9.2 oz.

19.9 oz.

24.2 oz.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

PEAF360FGZ

AF-360FGZ TTL Power Zoom Flash

The professional AF-360FGZ works with all cameras. Full manual control of flash output is possible, or use the TTL flash capabilities of the camera to achieve easy exposure with every aperture.

The pop-up flash incorporated into many Pentax SLRs can be used to trigger the AF-360 FGZ wirelessly, and when combined with a K100D or K10 this is done with TTL metering. Powered by 4 AA alkaline, lithium, or NiMH batteries.

◆ Auto zoom head covers from 24-80mm (includes 20mm wide angle adapter.

◆ Full TTL at all apertures (with TTL capable Pentax cameras).

◆ Second-curtain sync, illuminated LCD panel, AF infrared lowlight assistance.

◆ Vari-Power 1/1, 1/2, 1/4th, 1/8th, 1/16th and 1/32nd.

DIGITAL SLRs

PENTAX

ACCESSORIES

211

Remote

Control F

TR Power

Pack III

AF-540FGZ TTL Power Zoom Flash

A professional flash that is fully compatible with the K100D,

K110D and K10D series cameras. It will support advanced flash functions of even the latest digital SLR camera models. Full manual control of flash output is possible, even in slave mode, or use the TTL flash capabilities of the camera its mounted on to achieve painless exposure with every aperture. The pop-up flash incorporated into many digital SLRs can be used to trigger the AF-540 FGZ wirelessly.

◆ Autozoom head covers from 24-85mm (20mm wideangle adapter included).

◆ P-TTL Preflash evaluative metering.

◆ HSS Focal plane high-speed flash sync.

◆ Wireless TTL capability with ratio lighting control and four transmission channels.

◆ Second-curtain sync.

PEAF540FGZ

TR Power Pack III (PETRPP3)

TR Power Pack III is an external power pack for the AF-540 FGZ flash. It runs on six “C” cell batteries, and will significantly increase the flash capacity and decrease the recycling time of the flash. .....................................149.95

Remote Control F (PERCF)

Infrared remote with a 16´ range compatible with all Pentax D/SLRs. Ideal when taking pictures of subjects that are difficult to approach, for self-portraits, or to minimize vibration for close-ups and time exposure.

Has a 3-sec. delay shutter release..............19.95

Cable Switch

205

Off-Camera Operation

Used together, the Hot Shoe Adapter FG and Off-Camera Shoe Adapter F permit offcamera flash operation with a digital SLR and the AF-360FGZ or AF-540FGZ flashes.

The F5P or F5PL Extension Cords connect the two of them together. Alternatively, you can combine a Hot Shoe Adapter F and F5P or F5PL Extension Cord.

Hot Shoe Adapter F (PEHSAF) : Features a hot shoe connection on the top and bottom, plus a 5P (5 pin) cable connection on its side...............24.95

Hot Shoe Adapter FG (PEHSAFG) : Attaches to the camera hot shoe ..35.95

Off-Camera Shoe Adapter F (PEOCSAF) : Provides the same functions as the Hot Shoe Adapter FG without occupying the TTL hot shoe. It has a hot shoe on the top, and a 1/4-20˝ threaded hole at the bottom ......42.95

3´ Extension Cord F5P (PEECF5P) ........................................................24.95

9.5´ Extension Cord F5PL (PEECF5PL) .................................................54.95

Hot Shoe Adapter F

Hot Shoe Adapter FG

O-ME53 Magnifying Eyecup

Cable Switch 205 (PECS205)

Has a 20˝cable and will help prevent camera shake when shooting super telephoto shots, macrophotography and bulb exposures.

Handy for taking pictures of subjects that are difficult to approach, or to minimize vibration for close-ups and time exposure ..............34.95

O-ME53 Magnifying Eyecup (PEEPK10D)

Works with all Pentax DSLR bodies and offers

1.2x magnification over the entire image field.

This is ideal for critical focusing (e.g. macro photography), and when using manual focus lenses..........................................................34.95

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

212

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

SD-14

14-Megapixel Digital SLR with

Foveon X3 Technology

Featuring the revolutionary Foveon X3 image sensor—which can capture all RGB colors at each and every pixel—the SD-14 records sharper pictures with truer colors and fewer artifacts than CCD-equipped cameras. The colors produced by this three-layered image sensor, which works like photographic film, create high definition images, rich in gradation and with impressive three-dimensional detail. There's absolutely no loss or distortion of the optical data which is transformed into a faithful image, with no omissions.

The SD14 features a 5-point AF system, records three modes of RAW data and four modes of JPEG, has a bright pentaprism viewfinder with 98% coverage, built-in flash, 2.5˝ 150,000-pixel LCD monitor, and an easy-to-use multi-function interface. It offers high speed continuous shooting of 3 fps, mirror lock-up mechanism to prevent camera shake and an image sensor dust protector. The durable shutter mechanism has a lifespan of over 100,000 cycles, and is ideal for the demands of professional digital photography. For complete image management, it includes the versatile and easy-to-use Sigma Phot Pro 3.0 software.

Sigma designed the SD14 to free you up to concentrate on getting the shot, that you should be free to simply take great pictures.

That was the design policy for the SD14. They eliminated cumbersome operations and unnecessary extra functions, replacing them with an intuitive user interface, and rigorously honing the camera's basic performance until it was capable of handling the most difficult conditions. The SD14 doesn’t have any superfluous, complex functions. Just like a film camera, it combines high performance with structural simplicity. That’s all you need. Once you’ve got these essentials, top-class image data and your own inspiration will guarantee good photos. Just follow your heart, open your eyes, and press the shutter.

FEATURES

14-Megapixel Foveon X3 Direct Image Processor

All cameras have evolved to capture the moment better.

To create a more vivid record of emotion. To deliver better image quality, better performance, better everything. Digital cameras are the ultimate in technology.

Yet, when it comes to conveying atmosphere, texture and other ineffable qualities perceived by the human eye, they just don't compare with old-fashioned film cameras.

A digital camera takes in basic optical data, and spins it into beautifullycolored shapes. We take this mechanism for granted, but it achieves its results at the expense of true optical fidelity. With the SD14, no optical data is lost. There's no distortion. Light is transformed into a faithful image, with nothing left out. High image quality isn’t achieved by manipulating optical data artificially, and synthesizing colors. The SD14 uses a unique direct image sensor capable of detecting red, green and blue light at every single pixel. The elements of this sensor are arranged in three color sensing layers, comparable to the three layers of emulsion in photographic film. The result is a camera that reflects the user’s visual sensitivity, and gives fresh impact. It also delivers the kind of extremely vivid feel and texture that overturn existing standards of image quality.

It’s unique. It's groundbreaking. It’s an image sensor that reproduces colors as faithfully as film. The conventional image sensors used in most DSLR cameras can only detect light intensity. Using a color filter, they use complex computations to fill in the gaps in their color perception, interpolating colors that aren't really there, and artificially synthesizing hypothetical hues. This essential weakness of the color synthesis mechanism is why most digital cameras produce images that are sharply-defined, but weak on natural texture.

Thanks to the Foveon X3, a unique and ground-breaking direct image sensor, the SD14 turns conventional wisdom on its head. The Foveon

X3 has three layers of color-sensing pixels — one for red light, one for green and one for blue — just like the three layers of emulsion in photographic film.

These three layers capture absolutely all the color directly, and record it faithfully. Color is recorded without any distortion, creating an extremely vivid feel which out-performs the pixel count by a long way.

The image quality is pure, and the colors feel satisfyingly natural.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

Autofocus

◆ Auto focus sensor features 5 focusing points

(center, left, right, up and down) ensuring consistently fast and precise focusing. The

AF metering features a cross type sensor in the center of the screen. Selecting the AF point can be done automatically or manually by photographer.

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

SD-14

213

2.5˝ LCD monitor

The SD14 features a large 2.5˝ 150,000 pixel resolution LCD monitor. The LCD monitor displays 100% of the image, allowing the photographer to easily and accurately confirm the image composition. It features playback options including single frame, thumbnail display (9 images), and three types of magnification (which is achieved by use of the 4-way controller). Shutter speed, aperture and other settings can be seen by pressing the INFO button. The large menu interface makes reviewing images and navigating menu options easy.

Pentaprism Viewfinder

The SD14 is equipped with a newly developed pentaprism viewfinder, which has 98%

(vertical and horizontal) coverage with 0.9x

magnification, an 18mm eye point and –3 to

+1.5 dpt dioptric adjustment.

Metering Modes

◆ The SD14 is equipped with three types of metering mode: 8-segment Evaluative

Metering, Center Area Metering and Center

Weighted Average Metering. This enables the photographer to select the metering mode depending on subject and situation.

Exposure compensation function allows the photographer to override the exposure value set by the camera’s exposure meter.

◆ Auto Bracketing function allows the exposure to be adjusted by 1/3 EV increments up to ±3 EV from the exposure automatically set by the camera. In situations where it is difficult to determine proper exposure, the auto bracketing function allows a sequence of pictures to be taken of the same subject at three different exposure levels; Appropriate

Exposure, Under and Over Exposure.

Built-in Flash

The camera’s built-in flash offers an angle of coverage of 17mm (35mm equivalent of 28mm) with 35mm full size) lens with a guide number of

11 (ISO 100). Built-in flash can be synchronized to a shutter speed up to 1/180 sec. This built-in flash enables automatic S-TTL shooting, which allows simple, easy control of advanced photography techniques.

Easy-to-Use Multifunction Interface

The layout of control buttons insures quick identification of the desired functions and easy use of the multifunction interface in operating camera settings. Clearly marked buttons make it easy for the photographer to display and adjust the most important settings, namely ISO, resolution,

JPEG quality and file type, and white balance on one screen, using one button. The top LCD panel incorporates a backlight, which enables the camera to be easily controlled in low light or dark conditions.

High Speed

Continuous Shooting

◆ Features a continuous shooting speed of

3 frames per second. Continuous shooting can be accomplished in conjunction with the camera’s predictive auto focus function when photographing fast moving subjects.

The camera’s high-speed image processing circuits are capable of handling large data files generated by the high-resolution 14 megapixel sensor. The number of images that can be captured in continuous shooting mode is dependent upon the resolution setting; High - 6 frames, Medium - 12 frames and Low - 24 frames. These figures apply in either RAW or JPEG mode.

Versatile and Easy-to-Use SIGMA Photo Pro 3.0 Software

The SD14 comes complete with SIGMA Photo Pro 3.0 software, a RAW image developer that converts all RAW data quickly and easily. Adjustments can be made in three separate modes. The

X3F Mode stores the original settings of the image at the point of capture. In the Auto Adjustment

Mode, the software analyzes and automatically makes adjustments to the RAW data. The Custom

Mode allows the photographer to make individual adjustments

(exposure, contrast, shadow, highlight, saturation, sharpness and fill-light for example). The photographer can make subtle or dramatic changes easily and quickly by simply adjusting the slider controls within the software.

The X3F Mode stores the original settings of the image at point of capture. Photographers` personal modifications can be saved to the RAW, X3F file for future use.

SIGMA Photo Pro 3.0 supports 8-bit TIFF, 16-bit TIFF, and

JPEG file formats and also outputs images in sRGB, Apple RGB,

Adobe RGB and ColorMatch RGB color spaces. The default setting for output resolution is the same as the resolution selected when capturing the image on the camera (High,

Medium, or Low). It is also possible to half it, (for sending via e-mails) or double it for high quality enlargements, max. 18.58

million pixels (5,280 x 3,520 pixels).

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

214

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

SD-14

High Performance

◆ Most digital SLR cameras are typically vulnerable to dust entering the body especially when the lens is removed for changing. Dust and dirt entering through the lens mount of a digital camera can be seriously detrimental to image quality. The dust protector of the

SD14 prevents dust from entering and adhering to the image sensor. Even if dust adheres to the dust protector it will not have an adverse influence on image quality as the dust protector is located away from the image sensor and is therefore out of focus.

◆ The durable focal plane shutter mechanism has life cycle of over 100,000 exposures. The shutter is ideally suited to the requirements of digital cameras. This new shutter dramatically reduces the amount of dust and dirt from the shutter mechanism. The photographer can enjoy taking pictures without worrying about dirt and dust adhering to the image sensor either from inside or outside the camera.

◆ The mirror lock-up mechanism raises the mirror thus preventing vibration when the shutter is released. This prevents camera shake, and is especially effective for macro photography, using extremely long telephoto lenses or scientific work. Use of a remote controller (sold separately) or cable release

(sold separately) also reduces the possibility of camera shake.

◆ The top LCD panel allows the photographer to quickly and accurately confirm information such as resolution setting, metering mode, battery status, and the number of images that can be recorded on the CF card. It also incorporates an orange backlight which enables the camera to be easily controlled in low light or dark conditions.

◆ The BP-21 Lithium-ion battery (included) lets you take approximately 500 images on one full charge. It takes about two hours to fully charge with the BC-21 Charger (also included). The optional PG-21 Power Grip has a vertical shutter release button and can hold two BP-21 batteries, supplying more than enough power for most shoots. Can also be powered via optional AC adapter.

◆ The SD14 records to CompactFlash (Type

I/II) and Microdrive cards. Has a USB 2.0

port and can be used with over 40 Sigma lenses such as ultra-wide, ultra-telephoto, macro, and fisheye.

SD-14 Specifications

Format: AF / AE Digital SLR Camera

Storage Media: CompactFlash (Type I/II), Microdrive; (FAT32 compatible)

Image Sensor Size: 20.7 x 13.8mm

Lens Mount: Sigma SA bayonet mount

Compatible Lenses: Sigma SA mount interchangeable lenses

Angle of View: Equivalent to approx 1.7x the focal length of the lens (for 35mm cameras)

Image Sensor: Foveon X3 direct image sensor (CMOS)

Number of Pixels: (Effective pixels) 14.06 MP (2,652 x 1,768 x 3)

Aspect Ratio: 3: 2

Still Image Format: Exif2.21, DCF2.0

Image Recording Format: Lossless compression RAW data (12-bit), JPEG

Super High, High, Medium, Low)

Continuous Shooting Speed: 3 frames per second

Maximum number of frames for continuous shooting:

High - 6 frames; Medium - 12 frames; Low - 24 frames

Interfaces: USB 2.0, Video Out (NTSC/PAL)

White Balance: 8 types (Auto, Sunlight, Shade, Overcast, Incandescent, Fluorescent, Flash and Custom)

Viewfinder: Pentaprism SLR viewfinder

Viewfinder Frame Coverage: 98% vertical, 98% horizontal

Viewfinder Magnification: 0.9 x (50mm F1.4-infinity)

Eye point: 18mm

Diopter Adjustment Range: -3dpt to + 1.5dpt

Auto Focus Type: TTL phase difference detection system

AF Operating Range: EV 0 to +18 (ISO100)

Focus Mode: Single AF, Continuous AF (with AF motion prediction function), Manual

Metering Systems: 8 segment Evaluative Metering, Center Metering, Center-Weighted Average Metering

Metering Range: EV 1 to 20 (50mm F1.4 ISO100)

Exposure Control System: (P) Program AE (Program Shift is possible), (S) Shutter Speed Priority AE,

(A) Aperture Priority AE, (M) Manual

ISO Sensitivity: Equivalent to ISO 100, 200, 400, 800 and1600

Exposure Compensation: ±3EV (in 1/3 steps)

Auto Bracketing: Appropriate, Under and Over Exposure, in 1/3EV steps up to ±3EV

Shutter Type: Electronically controlled focal plane shutter

Shutter Speed: 1/4000 – 30 sec. + bulb (up to 30 sec.)

External Flash Synchronization: 1/180 sec.

Built-in Flash: Guide Number of 11, coverage 17mm focal length

LCD Monitor: 2.5˝, low-temperature polysilicon TFT color with 150,000 pixels

Coverage area 100% with white LED backlight

Power Source: Li-ion Battery Pack BP-21, Battery Charger BC-21, AC adapter (optional)

Dimensions/Weight: 5.7 x 4.2 x 3.2˝ (WxHxD); Weighs 24.7oz (without batteries)

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

SD-14 ACCESSORIES

215

EF-500 DG ST / EF-500 DG Super

Advanced Flash Photography

Sigma EF-500 series flashes provide powerful illumination with complete camera control. They feature high guide numbers and full TTL exposure automation, with simple operation. The standard (ST) model features full exposure automation, full auto-zoom function and ease of operation. The Super model has the same power and automation, but steps up with more user control and creative functions, including wireless TTL exposure control, high speed (FP) synchronization, distance information functions, modeling light, slave functions and more.

◆ They provide a large amount of light, featuring a guide number of 165/ft with

ISO 100.

◆ Built-in wide angle diffuser covers angle of view down to 17mm.

◆ Run on four AA alkaline or NiMH batteries.

◆ Flash heads can be tilted by up to 90°, to the left by 180°, or to the right by 90°. Also tilted down by 7° for close-up shots.

◆ Autozoom function automatically sets the illumination angle in accordance with the focal length of the lens (28-105mm).

EF-500 DG Super Step-up Features

◆ Wireless slave function enables the control of of multiple EF-500 DG Super flashes while preserving the automatic TTL control function.

◆ “Modeling flash” mode provides proper light distribution to check the shadow of the subject.

◆ Multi pulse flash enables reduced power setting from 1/4 to 1/128 and the interval time of the flash can be set from 1Hz to 199Hz.

◆ FP flash which is capable of synchronizing the flash illumination with high shutter speeds, and the rear curtain synchro flash which allows delayed synchro photography.

PG-21 Power Grip

RS-31 Remote Controller

PG-21 Power Grip

The specially-designed battery pack gives the

SD14 enhanced battery power. Up to 2 dedicated batteries can be loaded at once.

The grip is positioned lengthways, allowing for more comfortable handling.

RS-31 Remote Controller

Using the RS-31 remote controller, you can shoot with the camera positioned a considerable distance away, which makes it much easier to take self-portraits and family snaps.

Used in combination with the mirror-lockup function, the remote control helps to minimize camera vibration. It also comes in useful for macro shots, and scenery shots taken with a super telephoto lens, where the slightest vibration can spoil everything.

SAC-2 AC Adapter

EF-500 DG ST Flash: For Minolta (SIEF500DGSTM) , Pentax AF (SIEF500DGSTP) ,

Sigma SA (SIEF500DGSTS) , Canon EOS (SIEF500DGSTC) and Nikon AF (SIEF500DGSTN) ..............149.95

EF-500 DG Super: For Sigma (SIEF500DGSS) , Nikon (SIEF500DGSN) , Minolta (SIEF500DGSM) ,

Pentax (SIEF500DGSP) and Canon EOS (SIEF500DGSC) ...............................................................199.95

CR-21 Cable Release

EM-140 DG TTL Macro Ringlight Flash

Designed for close-up photography the EM-140

DG Ring Flash is extremely effective for scientific and medical applications. Dual flash tubes can fire simultaneously or separately. Using only one flashtube creates modeling, which can give a three-dimensional feeling to the subject. The

Modeling Flash function makes it possible to check for reflections and shadows before actually taking the flash picture. A wireless flash function is also available, where the EM-140 DG is used as master and the EF-500 DG Super as a slave unit for creating fine shadow details. High Speed Synchro and exposure compensation functions are also available for advanced flash photography.

EM-140 DG: For Sigma SA (SIEM140DGS) , Canon EOS (SIEM140DGC) and Nikon AF

(SIEM140DGN) ..............................................................................................................................349.00

CR-21 Cable Release

The CR-21 Cable Release is an alternative to the RS-31 remote controller offering a wired connection to the camera. This reduces the risk of camera shake during photography.

SAC-2 AC Adapter

This is used to provide a constant electricity supply when shooting in the studio, or taking indoor shots. It’s also recommended for use when connecting the camera to your computer to transfer data.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

216

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

LENSES

AF Lenses for Canon, Nikon, Olympus, Pentax, Sigma & Sony

As the world’s largest independent manufacturer of zoom and fixed focal length lenses, Sigma offers a highly innovative and creative selection of lenses ranging from 8mm to 800mm and virtually everything in between.

The lenses offer a high level of performance, easy handling and advanced optical precision to create profound and emotional images.

Sigma lenses are built with corresponding mounts to make them fully compatible with digital cameras from Canon, Nikon, Sony/Minolta, Pentax,

Olympus, Panasonic, Leica, and of course, Sigma.

Sigma digital camera lenses come in two flavors, DC (Digital Camera) and DG (Digital)

For DC digital SLR camera lenses, the image circle has been designed to match the image elements which correspond to the APS-C size. These high performance lenses combine the technologies and know-how for lens power arrangement, coating design, etc., accumulated during years of developing lenses for analog SLR cameras, with up-to-date digital image technology. Reduction of the inner circle diameter makes it possible to reduce their size and the weight, and contribute widely to the handling characteristics at the time of taking pictures.

The most suitable lenses for 35mm film as well as digital SLR cameras, Sigma’s DG range of lenses concentrate on the correction of distortion and aberrations. Magnification of chromatic abberation is particularly conspicuous with digital cameras. The optical design and cutting-edge technology incorporated by Sigma eliminates flare and ghosting from the image sensor and creates excellent color balance. Vignetting is minimized while marginal illumination is ensured.

U L T R A W I D E - A N G L E L E N S E S

8mm f3.5 EX DG Circular Fisheye

This circular fisheye lens produces circular images with an angle of view of 180° when attached to a full-frame digital SLR camera. It has a fast maximum aperture of f/3.5 and a minimum focusing distance of 5.3˝. Sigma’s super multi-layer coating and Special Low Dispersion (SLD) glass provide excellent image quality, the special fisheye design allows maximum creative expression. A holder at the rear of the lens accepts gel filters.

For Canon (SI835CA) ....679.00 For Nikon (SI835NA) ....609.00 For Sigma (SI835SA) .....679.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI835MA) ......................679.00 For Pentax (SI835PA) ...........................679.00

15mm f2.8 EX DG Diagonal Fisheye

This digitally optimized diagonal fisheye lens is equipped with a new multi-layer coating technology that reduces both flare and ghosting. By taking advantage of both the distortion aberration, specific to fisheye lenses and the minimum shooting distance of 5.9˝, the photographer can shoot creative images. A holder at the rear of the lens accepts gel filters. Includes padded case and built-in lens hood.

For Canon (SI1528DGCAF) .........................549.00 For Pentax (SI1528DGPAF) .........................549.00

For Nikon (SI1528DGNAF) ..........................549.00 For Sigma ( SI1528DGSA) ............................549.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI1528DGMAF) ....................................................................................................549.00

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

AF LENSES for Canon, Nikon, Sony/Minolta, Pentax & Sigma

217

W I D E - A N G L E L E N S E S

20mm f1.8 EX DG Aspherical RF

A super wide-angle lens with an angle of view 94.5°. It has macro focusing with a minimum focusing distance of 7.9˝ (reproduction ratio 1:4). An aspherical lens element in both the front and in the rear lens groups minimizes distortion, aspherical aberration and astigmatism. It has non-vignetting optical construction, in order to obtain adequate peripheral brightness even with open aperture. It incorporates a rear focus system eliminating front lens rotation. Dual-focus mechanism makes it easy to hold the lens, since the focusing ring does not rotate during auto-focus, yet it provides adequate focusing torque during manual focusing. Includes “Perfect-Hood” lens hood and case. Filter Size: 82mm.

For Canon (SI2018CAF) .................................409.00 For Pentax (SI2018NAF) ................................409.00

For Nikon (SI2018NAF) .................................409.00 For Sigma (SI2018SA) ....................................409.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI2018MAF) ................................................................................................................409.00

24mm f1.8 EX DG Aspherical Macro

This fast wide-angle lens incorporates non-vignetting optical construction to obtain adequate peripheral brightness even at open aperture, making it desirable for digital cameras. The lens also has macro focusing capability down to 7.1˝, while the 9-bladed iris obtains beautiful out of focus images. It incorporates the floating focus system and uses two aspherical lens elements for minimizing distortion, spherical aberration and astigmatism. Internal focus system eliminates front lens rotation allowing the use of a “Perfect Hood” and polarizing filters. Dual-focus mechanism makes it easy to hold the lens, since focusing ring does not rotate during auto-focus, yet it provides adequate focusing torque during manual focusing. It includes a reversible lens hood and a padded soft case. Filter size: 77mm.

For Canon (SI2418MCAF) .................339.00

For Sigma (SI2418MSA) ....................339.00

For Nikon (SI2418MNAF) .................339.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI2418MMAF) ....339.00

For Pentax AF (SI2418MPAF) ...........339.00

For Olympus 4/3 (SI2418MOAF) .......339.00

28mm f1.8 EX DG Aspherical Macro

Almost identical to the 24mm f/1.8, the compact 28mm f1.8 EX DG (3.1˝ long) also incorporates minimum vignetting optical construction to ensure adequate peripheral brightness with open aperture, making it desirable for digital cameras. The lens focuses down to 7.9˝ in macro mode, while the

9-bladed iris obtains beautiful out of focus images. Equipped with two aspherical lens elements, internal focus system and dual-focus mechanism. A “perfect hood” shields the lens to prevent ghosting and internal reflection. Includes reversible lens hood and padded soft case. Filter size: 77mm.

For Canon (SI2818MCAF) ............................269.00 For Nikon (SI2818MNAF) ............................269.00

For Sigma SA (SI2818MSA) ..........................269.00 For AF (SI2818MPAF) ......................269.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI2818MMAF) .........................................................................................................269.00

30mm f1.4 EX DC HSM

This large aperture lens is designed to match the APS-C size image sensors of D/SLR cameras. Two SLD glass elements are especially effective in the compensation of magnification chromatic aberration. The glass mold aspherical lens at the rear group of the lens reduces color aberration and provides high-quality image results. From 15.7˝ minimum focusing distance to infinity, this lens creates very sharp images with high contrast, and provides quiet high-speed auto-focus shooting, as well as full-time manual focus. It includes a lens hood. Filter size: 62mm.

For Canon (S3014DCCAF) .............................429.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI3014DCMAF) ...............429.00

For Pentax (SI3014DCPAF) ............................429.00

For Nikon (SI3014DCNAF) ............................429.00

For Sigma (SI3014DCSA) ...............................429.00

For Olympus 4/3 (SI3014DCOAF) .................429.00

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

218

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

AF LENSES for Canon, Nikon, Sony/Minolta, Pentax & Sigma

Sigma Advanced Lens Technology

Sigma has refined optical technology, in order to fully realize the possibilities of single lens reflex cameras and to respond exactly to the demands of the photographer, helping him to bring his vision to reality. Sigma’s huge choice of lenses enables photo enthusiasts to maximize their creativity. Each and every Sigma lens offers optimum optical performance and smooth handling characteristics through a combination of experience and advanced technology. Sigma’s design and precision engineering helps photographers to maximize their true creativity by fulfilling the full potential of their cameras.

Aspherical Lenses

The aspherical lens complex allows freedom of design, improved performance, a reduced number of component lenses and a compact size. This lens provides high optical performance while maintaining a compact size. For example, the 12-24 mm F4.5-5.6 EX DG ASPHERICAL lens widens the range of wide-angle lenses, and it provides distortion-free images with image reproduction performance equivalent to that of a single focal length lens. Aspherical lenses allow the production of highquality images from compact, lightweight telephoto zoom lenses.

EX Lens

The exterior of this lens is EX-finished to denote the superior build and optical quality, and to enhance its appearance.

Hyper-Sonic Motor

This lens uses a motor driven by ultrasonic waves to provide a quiet, highspeed AF.

Inner Focus

To ensure stability in focusing, this lens moves the inner lens group or groups without changing the lens’ physical length.

APO Lens

In order to attain the highest quality images, the APO lens has been made using special low-dispersion (SLD) glass and is designed to minimize color aberration. Sigma's APO zoom lenses minimize color aberration.

As the refractive index of glass depends on the wavelength of light, color aberration occurs when different colors form images at different points. This problem often occurs with telephoto lenses, but the Special

Low-Dispersion (SLD) glass and Extraordinary Low Dispersion (ELD) used in Sigma's APO lenses helps to compensate for color aberration, thereby allowing them to produce of sharp images.

APO Teleconverter EX

This lens can be used with the APO Teleconverter EX. It can increase the focal length and will interface with the camera's AE (automatic exposure) function.

OS (Optical Stabilizer) Function

This function dramatically expands photographic possibilities by alleviating camera movement when shooting by hand held camera.

The OS (Optical Stabilizer) function uses two sensors inside the lens to detect both vertical and horizontal movement of the camera. It then moves an optical image stabilizing lens group, to effectively compensate for camera shake. The system has two optical stabilizer modes. Mode 1 determines camera shake in vertical and horizontal panning and compensates for image blurring. It is therefore effective for taking general photography or for shooting landscapes and other static subjects. Mode 2 detects vertical camera shake and compensates for blurring. It is effective for panning the camera to photograph moving subjects such as motor sports.

M A C R O L E N S E S

50mm f2.8 EX DG Macro

To maintain high optical performance from infinity to close-up 1:1 macro photos without accessories, the Sigma 50mm f/2.8 EX DG incorporates a “Floating Internal Focusing” (FIF) system. As a result, the lens also features a non-rotating front lens group which makes it easier to work with polarizing filters, and has a focus limiter to narrow down the broad focus range. Plus, the improved minimum aperture of f/45 provides improved depth of field. This lens is designed as a high-quality primary macro lens, good for film or digital SLR cameras. The improved DG lens design corrects for various aberrations. This macro lens is specially coated to get the best color balance while cutting down on ghosting caused by reflections from the digital image sensor. Filter Size: 55mm.

For Canon (SI5028MDGCAF) ...................................................269.00 For Nikon (SI5028MDGNAF) ....................................................269.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI5028MDGMAF) ...269.00 For Sigma (SI5028MDGSA) ...............269.00 For Pentax (SI5028MDGPAF) ............269.00

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

AF LENSES for Canon, Nikon, Sony/Minolta, Pentax & Sigma

219

M A C R O L E N S E S

70mm f2.8 EX DG Macro

The equivalent field of view as the 105mm f/2.8 macro when used on digital SLR cameras with an APS-C size image sensor, the 70mm f/2.8 lens takes pictures in all situations from infinity to 1:1 macro, both with natural light conditions or flash. A Special Low Dispersion (SLD) lens and two high refractive index SLD lenses provide excellent correction for all types of aberrations and produce an exceptional level of optical performance. Sigma’s super multi-layer lens coating reduces flare and ghosting, and helps create a natural color balance. A ‘Focus Limiter Switch’ incorporated on the lens, improves AF speed and accuracy by limiting the focus range. A screw-in lens hood allows use of circular polarizing filters. Filter Size: 55mm.

For Canon (SI7028MDGCA) .....................................................429.00 For Nikon (SI7028MDGNA) .....................................................429.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI7028MDGSAQ) ....429.00 For Sigma SA (SI7028MDGSA) ........429.00 For Pentax (SI7028MDGPA) .............429.00

105mm f2.8 EX DG Macro

This macro lens delivers superb, distortion-free images throughout its broad focus range, from infinity telephoto to lifesize (1:1) macro, as close as 12.2˝ without accessories. Its non-rotating front lens group makes it easier to work with polarizing filters. A focus limiter helps divide the broad focus range into more manageable chunks. The “focus-free” mechanical design allows the lens to autofocus without any interference from the manual focus ring. Rugged construction makes it durable for even the heaviest use required by professional photographers. The improved DG lens design corrects various aberrations.

This lens is coated to get the best color balance while cutting down on ghosting. Filter Size: 58mm.

For Canon (SI10528MDGCA) .................399.00 For Nikon (SI10528MDGNA) ...........399.00 For Pentax (SI10528MDDPA).............

399.00

For Olympus 4/3 (SI10528MDGOA) ......399.00 For (SI10528MDGMA) 399.00

For Sigma (SI10528MDGSA) ............399.00

150mm f2.8 EX DG APO Macro HSM

A super compact and lightweight large aperture telephoto lens, with life-size macro capability. To maintain high optical performance from infinity to close-up 1:1 macro photos without accessories, it incorporates a “Floating Internal Focusing”

(FIF) system. As a result, the lens also features a non-rotating front lens group which makes it easier to work with polarizing filters. The AF drive for Canon, Nikon and

Sigma feature the ultra-quiet Hyper Sonic Motor (HSM). This DG lens design corrects various aberrations and provides the utmost correction against lateral chromatic aberration. Filter Size: 72mm.

For Canon (SI15028AMDGC) ...599.00 For Nikon (SI15028AMDGN) ...............599.00

For Sigma (SI15028AMDGS) ....599.00 For Olympus 4/3 (SI15028AMDGO) ...599.00

180mm f3.5 EX DG APO Macro IF HSM

This lens can focus from infinity to full 1:1 life-size from 18˝ away, making it ideal for shooting small animals or insects, etc. Apochromatic design and two SLD glass elements, plus floating inner focus system effectively control chromatic and spherical aberrations providing superb performance throughout the focusing range. Also features a focus limiter. Canon, Nikon and Sigma mounts employ HSM for quiet, responsive AF function plus “full time” manual focus. Includes lens hood and case. Filter Size: 72mm.

For Canon (SI18035DGCAF) ....799.00 For Nikon (SI18035DGNAF) ................799.00

For Sigma (SI18035DGSA) .......799.00 For Sony/Minolta (SI18035DGMAF) ...799.00

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

220

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

AF LENSES for Canon, Nikon, Sony/Minolta, Pentax & Sigma

T E L E P H O T O L E N S E S

300mm f2.8 APO EX DG/HSM

A compact Apochromatic telephoto lens with a fast f2.8 maximum aperture. It incorporates two Extraordinary Low Dispersion (ELD) glass elements to reduce chromatic aberration to a minimum. It incorporates internal focusing which enables responsive and fast auto focus speed.

The AF drive for Canon, Nikon and Sigma feature the ultra-quiet Hyper

Sonic Motor (HSM). Includes a detachable tripod socket, rotatable drop-in filter holder, lens hood, padded carry case with strap, normal filter and circular polarizing filter. Filter Size: 46mm rear drop-in.

For Canon (SI30028DGCAF) , For Nikon (SI30028DGNAF) ,

For Pentax (SI30028DGPAF) , For Sigma (SI30028DGSA) ,

For Sony/Minolta (SI30028DGMAF) .................................................2599.00

500mm f4.5 APO EX DG/HSM

This ultra-telephoto lens with a fast f4.5 maximum aperture incorporates two ELD glass elements to reduce chromatic aberration to a minimum.

Internal focusing enables responsive and fast auto focus speed. The AF drive for anon, Nikon and Sigma features Sigma’s ultra-quiet Hyper Sonic

Motor (HSM). Very rugged, the lens also offers a host of conveniences including a built-in grip, rotating filter drawer, and tripod mount.

Includes a lens hood, soft padded case, normal and circular polarizer rear drop-in filters and a front cover. Filter Size: 46mm rear drop-in.

For Canon (SI50045DGCAF) , For Nikon (SI50045DGNAF) ,

For Sony/Minolta (SI50045DGMAF) , For Sigma (SI50045DGSA) ,

For Pentax (SI50045DGPAF) ...............................................................4199.00

300mm f2.8 APO

EX DG/HSM

800mm f5.6

EX DG HSM

500mm f4.5 APO

EX DG/HSM

800mm f5.6 EX DG HSM

Ultra telephoto lens optimized for digital SLR cameras, a multi-layer lens coating and lens design reduce flare and ghosting. Extraordinary

Low Dispersion (ELD) glass elements produce excellent image quality and ensure sharp, quality images. The lens enables you to see far subjects in more detail than is possible with the naked eye. HSM provide high-speed, ultra-quiet AF function as well as full- time manual focus override. Supplied with a 46mm gelatin filter holder at the rear, allowing the use of gelatin filters. Inner focusing retains external dimensions for ease of handling.

For Canon (SI80056CAF) .....................................................6479.00 For Nikon (SI80056NAF) .......................................................6479.00

1.4x

APO

2x APO

1.4x and 2x DG EX APO Tele-Converters

Sigma’s tele extender lenses can be used with fixed focal length lenses as well as most zoom lenses. Optically superb, they preserve the image quality of the lens their mounted to while multiplying their focal length by 1.4x or 2x. However, effective aperture is reduced by one f-stop and two f-stops respectively. (Note: call or check the B&H website for compatible lenses!

1.4x APO

For Canon (SI1.4XDGCAF) ................189.00

For Nikon (SI1.4XDGNAF) ................189.00

For Sony (SI1.4XDGMAF) ..................189.00

For Pentax (SI1.4XDGPAF) ................189.00

For Sigma (SI1.4XDGSA) ...................189.00

2x APO

For Canon (SI2XDGCAF) ...................209.00

For Nikon (SI2XDGNAF) ..................209.00

For Sony (SI2XDGMAF) ....................209.00

For Pentax (SI2XDGPAF) ..................209.00

For Sigma (SI2XDGSA) .....................209.00

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

AF LENSES for Canon, Nikon, Sony/Minolta, Pentax & Sigma

221

U L T R A - W I D E A N G L E Z O O M L E N S E S

10-20mm f4-5.6 EX DC HSM

This ultra-wide zoom lens has a wide angle of view from 102.4 - 63.8° (when Sigma mount is used) and it is exclusive to digital SLR cameras. SLD glass elements effectively compensate color aberration. Aspherical lenses provide maximum correction for distortion and various aberrations; high image quality is displayed throughout the entire zoom range. HSM-equipped it makes fast AF speed and quiet shooting a reality, and it is also capable of full-time manual focus. Minimum focusing distance of 9.4˝at all focal lengths. Has an integrated Petal-type hood to block out extraneous light. Filter size is 77mm.

For Canon (SI102045DCAF) .....................................................499.00 For Nikon (SI102045DNAF) ......................................................499.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI122445MAF ) .......499.00 For Sigma (SI102045DS) ...................499.00 For Pentax (SI102045DPAF) .............499.00

12-24mm f4.5-5.6 EX DG Aspherical HSM

This lens has a large angle of view (122° at 12mm) making it ideal for shooting indoors as well as outdoor landscape photography. It has a variable angle of view from 122° to 84.1°, and is equipped with four

Special Low Dispersion (SLD) glass elements for effective compensation of color aberration which is a common problem with super wide-angle lenses. Three pieces of aspherical lenses offer excellent correction for distortion as well as all types of aberration for a high level of optical performance. Inner focusing system ensures the length of the lens remains unchanged while controlling aberration. By effective arrangement of lens elements and advanced technology the lens has super compact dimensions of 100mm full-length, and 87mm maximum diameter. Minimum focusing distance of 28˝ at all focal lengths. The lens is equipped with an integral petal-type hood to block out extraneous light. Rear gelatin filter slot.

For Canon (SI122445CAF ) ....................689.00 For Nikon (SI122445NAF) ................689.00 For Sigma (SI122445SA ) ..................689.00

For Pentax (no-HSM) (SI122445PAF) ......................................709.00 For Sony/Minolta (no-HSM) (SI122445MAF) ....................... 689.00

15-30mm f3.5-4.5 EX DG Aspherical

This rectilinear lens has a minimum focusing distance of 11.8˝ at all focal lengths. Ideal for images of landscapes, large buildings, group photographs or even more. A hybrid aspherical lens in the front lens group minimizes distortion and astigmatism, while molded glass aspherical lens in the rear group minimizes spherical aberration. 8-blade diaphragm achieves beautiful out of focus images in the foreground and background. Dual focus mechanism and inner focusing system makes it easy to hold. Includes non-removable “Perfect-Hood” and uses rear gelatin filters. Used on most digital SLR cameras, the effective zoom will be 22.5-45mm. Super Multi Coating reduces flare and ghosting that tends to occur when using digital SLR cameras. Includes a padded case.

For Canon (SI153035CAF) ..........................499.00 For Nikon (SI153035NAF) .........................499.00

For Pentax (SI153035PAF) ..............................

499.00

For Sigma (SI153035SA) ............................499.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI153035MAF) ..............................................................................................................

499.00

17-35mm f2.8-4 EX DG Aspherical HSM

The 17-35mm lens covers a super wide-angle range and has improved closer focusing over it’s predecessor. It is equipped with the inner focusing system that will keep the length of the lens unchanged while controlling aberration. The models which are equipped with HSM system

(available for Sigma, Canon and Nikon) offer full time manual focusing. SLD (Special Low

Dispersion) glass is used for effective compensation of color aberration. Accepts a Petal-type hood and it is easy to use a circular polarizing filter. Filter size: 77mm.

For Canon (SI173528DCAF) ........................479.00 For Nikon (SI173528DNAF) .......................479.00

For Pentax (no-HSM) (SI173528DPAF) .....479.00 For Sigma (SI173528DSA) .........................479.00

For Sony/Minolta (no-HSM) (SI173528DMAF) .............................................................................479.00

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

222

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

AF LENSES for Canon, Nikon, Sony/Minolta, Pentax & Sigma

U L T R A - W I D E A N G L E Z O O M L E N S E S

17-70mm f2.8-4.5 DC Macro

This fast, standard zoom lens for D/SLR cameras has an APS-C size image sensor, and a minimum focusing distance of 7.9˝ through the zoom range. Maximum magnification of 1:2.3 enables close-up photos like a macro lens. Lens design and multi layer coating reduce flare and ghosting, which is common with digital cameras. A Special Low Dispersion (SLD) lens and two aspherical lens elements provide correction for all types of aberrations and produce a high level of optical performance. Offers a large aperture of f/2.8 at

17mm wide angle and yet it is compact, with an overall length of 3.2˝ and 3.1˝diameter. Performs superbly even in indoors or at dusk. Inner focusing system allows use with circular polarizers and petal shaped lens hoods. Zoom Lock switch t eliminates ’Zoom Creep’ during transportation. Filter size is 67mm.

For Canon (SI177028DCCA) .....................................................389.00 For Nikon (SI177028DCNA) .....................................................389.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI177028DCMA) .....389.00 Pentax (SI177028DCPA) ....................389.00 For Sigma (SI177028DCSA) ..............389.00

18-50mm f2.8 EX DC Macro

Large aperture standard zoom lens for digital SLR cameras featuring APS-C size image sensor. Perfectly suited for low light conditions indoors or at dusk, this lens covers wide angle to medium telephoto. Has excellent correction for vignetting which is a common problem of large aperture lenses. It features Super

Multi Layer (SML) coating, Special Low Dispersion (SLD) glass lens element and two aspherical lens elements. Compact and lightweight (15.9 oz.), yet robust with an overall length of 3.3˝and 2.9˝diameter.

Minimum focusing distance is 11˝11 throughout the zoom range The lens is equipped with an inner focusing system. Inner focusing system allows use with circular polarizers and petal shaped lens hoods.

This lens has excellent correction for vignetting which is a common problem of large aperture lenses.

For Canon (SI185028MCAF) ..................419.00 For Nikon (SI185028MNAF) .............419.00 For Pentax (SI185028MPAF) .............419.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI185028MMAF) .....419.00 For Olympus 4/3 (SI185028MOAF) .419.00 For Sigma (SI185028MSAF) ...............419.00

18-50mm f3.5-5.6 DC

Designed for digital SLR cameras featuring APS-C size image sensor. Compact and lightweight, (2.6˝ long and only 8.7 oz.), it offers superb handling and mobility. The use of aspherical lenses provides correction for various aberrations throughout the entire zoom range and produce high level of optical performance.

Minimum focusing is 9.8˝ at all focal lengths and is capable of macro photography with a maximum magnification ratio of 1:3.5. The focus ring provides easy operation in manual mode. A distance scale on the focus ring is an easy to use and convenient addition. Filter size is 58mm.

For Canon (SI185035CAF) .....................109.00 For Nikon (SI185035NAF) ................109.00 For Pentax (SI185035PAF) ................109.00

For Olympus 4/3 (SI185035OAF) ..........109.00 For Sigma (SI185035SA) ...................109.00 For Sony/Minolta (SI185035MAF) ...109.00

18-125mm f3.5-5.6 DC

Designed for digital SLR cameras featuring APS-C size image sensor, this 7x zoom is all you need. As there is no need to change lenses, there is no risk of missing those great shots. Minimum focusing distance is

19.6˝ at all focal lengths and it has a maximum magnification of 1:5.3. A distance scale on the focus ring makes the lens convenient and easy to use. A Special Low Dispersion (SLD) lens and two aspherical glass elements produce a high level of optical performance through the entire zoom range. Inner focusing system allows use with circular polarizers and petal shaped lens hoods. Zoom Lock Switch eliminates

‘Zoom Creep’ during transportation. Filter size is 62mm.

For Canon (SI1812535CAF) ............................279.00

For Pentax (SI1812535PAF) ............................279.00

For Sigma (SI1812535SA) ...............................279.00

For Nikon (SI1812535NAF)

For Olympus 4/3

For Sony/Minolta

..............................279.00

(SI1812535OAF) ...................279.00

(SI1812535MAF) ................279.00

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

AF LENSES for Canon, Nikon, Sony/Minolta, Pentax & Sigma

223

W I D E A N G L E & S T A N D A R D Z O O M L E N S E S

18-200mm F3.5-6.3 DC

An extended range super zoom lens designed exclusively for digital SLR cameras, it covers a wide range of focal lengths from wide-angle to telephoto. Two Special Low Dispersion (SLD) glass elements and two hybrid aspherical lenses offer the utmost correction for all types of aberrations, and enables a compact and lightweight design. Only 3.1˝ long and weighs just 14.3oz. Lens coating reduces flare and ghost, which is a common problem of digital cameras and also creates an optimum color balance.

Minimum focusing distance of 17.7˝ at all focal lengths and has maximum magnification of 1:4.4.

Inner focusing system prevents the front of the lens from rotating, making it suitable for using circular polarizing filters and petal shaped lens hoods. A zoom lock switch eliminates ‘zoom creep’ during transportation. Filter size is 62mm.

For Canon (SI1820035CAF) ......................................................379.00 For Nikon (SI1820035NAF) .......................................................379.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI1820035MAF) .......379.00 For Pentax (SI1820035PAF ) .............379.00 For Sigma (SI1820035SA) .................379.00

18-200mm F3.5-6.3 DC OS

Identical to the 18-200mm f/3.5-63 DC (above), except this lens is also equipped with Sigma’s own unique OS (Optical Stabilizer) function. It uses two sensors inside the lens to detect vertical and horizontal movement of the camera and works by moving an optical image stabilizing lens group, to effectively compensate for camera shake. It automatically detects movement of the camera and compensates for camera shake when shooting moving subject such as motor sports. Like the 18-200mm f/3.5-63 DC (above) it has two SLD(Special Low Dispersion) glass elements and two aspherical lenses to provide excellent correction for all types of aberrations. The super multi-layer lens coating reduces flare and ghosting. This lens provides superior image quality throughout the entire zoom range. An inner focusing system eliminates front lens rotation, making the lens particularly suitable for using circular polarizing filters and the petal-type lens hood supplied.

For Canon ...................................................................................Call For Nikon ....................................................................................Call

For Sony/Minolta ..........................................

Call For Pentax ..........................................Call For Sigma ...........................................Call

20-40mm f2.8 EX DG Aspherical

The 20-40mm lens with f2.8 throughout its zoom range, offers an ultra-wide 94.5° to near-standard

56.8° angle of view, for photographers to shoot more creatively from various angles and zoom perspectives. With a fast f2.8 maximum aperture superior peripheral brightness is ensured. This lens is perfectly suited for indoor shootings even in dim light without worrying about blurring in photos.

Minimum focusing distance is 11.8˝ useful for closeups, giving photographers plenty of capability to use the zoom to adjust composition and concentrate on detail, as desired. Maximum magnification is 1:4.6. Aspherical lens elements in front and rear lens groups compensate for astigmatic and spherical aberration, respectively. Among the practical high-performance features of the lens are

DF (Dual Focus) mechanism for optimal handling stability during autofocus operation; a wider-thanconventional focal ring for superior manual focusing operation; and an inner focusing system that eliminates front lens rotation during focusing, and allows use of the standard petal-type hood accessory, which is excellent at blocking out extraneous light. Filter size is 82mm.

For Canon (SI204028CAF) ........................................................439.00 For Nikon (SSI204028NAF) ......................................................439.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI204028MAF) .........

439.00

For Pentax (SI204028PAF) .................439.00 For Sigma (SI204028SA) ....................439.00

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

224

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

AF LENSES for Canon, Nikon, Sony/Minolta, Pentax & Sigma

W I D E A N G L E Z O O M L E N S E S

24-60mm f2.8 EX DG

A very compact design for a lens with this large an aperture. By effective arrangement of Special Low

Dispersion (SLD) and aspherical glass elements, this lens is only 3.2˝ long and has a diameter of 3.3˝.

Features like Internal Focusing and a Zoom Lock switch make ideal for everyday or traveling use. The

DG lens coating reduces flare and ghosting and creates optimum color balance. Filter size: 77mm.

For Canon (SI246028CAF) ............................399.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI246028MAF) ................399.00

For Nikon

For Sigma

(SI246028NAF)

(SI246028SA)

...........................399.00

................................399.00

For Pentax (SI246028PAF) .........................................................................................................................399.00

24-70mm f2.8 EX DG Macro

Covers ultra wide-angle to medium telephoto while providing a large f2.8 aperture at all focal lengths. It employs three aspherical lens elements to minimize spherical aberration, astigmatism and sagittal comma flare. It has two SLD glass elements to correct chromatic aberration and achieve a high level of optical performance. It also incorporates a Dual Focus mechanism. Since the front of the lens does not rotate, it allows use of polarizing filters. Includes “Perfect-Hood” and a padded soft case. Filter size: 82mm.

For Canon (SI247028DGCA) ...........................429.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI247028DGMA) ..............429.00

For Nikon

For Sigma

(SI247028DGNA)

(SI247028DGSS)

...........................429.00

............................429.00

For Pentax (SI247028DGPA) ........................................................................................................................429.00

28-70mm f2.8-4 DG

This high speed lens features a large aperture, light weight and compact dimensions. New multi layer lens coating and lens design reduce flare and ghost. At 28mm focal length this lens has a fast f2.8 maximum aperture. Very compact, the lens weighs only 8.6 oz. and measures 2.4˝ at full-length. The size and weight of this standard lens makes it very suitable for landscape photography, and snapshots. This lens has a minimum focus distance of 19.7˝ at all focal lengths. A zoom hood is supplied with this lens for complete depth in the telephoto range and glare-free shooting in the wide-angle range. Filter size is 58mm.

For Canon (SI287028DCA) ................129.00 For Nikon (SI287028DN) ...................129.00 For Sigma (SI287028DSA) ................129.00

28-70mm f2.8 EX DG

The world's smallest, large and constant aperture zoom lens, the 28-70mm f2.8 EX DG features Super

Multi Layer (SML) coating to give superb color performance while cutting down flare and ghost. Two

SLD elements and four aspherical lenses provide the ultimate correction against distortion as well as all types of aberration, especially spherical aberration. Its advanced optical design ensures high performance throughout the entire zoom range. The use of aspherical lenses also produces a very small and lightweight lens design. Its compact, yet robust, construction has an overall length of 3.4˝, diameter of 2.9˝ and a weight of 18 oz. It has a minimum focusing distance of 13˝at all focal lengths and a maximum magnification ratio of 1:4.4 which is convenient for close-up photography. The inner focus system allows the lens to be focused without rotating the front element, therefore a Petal-type hood and circular polarizing filters can easily be used. Filter size: 67mm.

For Canon (SI287028DGCA) .....................................................329.00 For Nikon (SI287028DGNA)............................................................

329.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI287028DGMA) ......329.00 For Sigma (SI287028DGSA) .............329.00 For Pentax (SI287028DGPA ...............329.00

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

AF LENSES for Canon, Nikon, Sony/Minolta, Pentax & Sigma

225

W I D E A N G L E Z O O M L E N S E S

28-200mm f/3.5-5.6 Compact Aspherical Hyperzoom Macro

High performance 28-200mm incorporates one aspherical lens element in the rear lens group and one

Special Low Dispersion (SLD) glass element in the front lens group. With a maximum diameter of 2.75˝ and length of 2.96˝, it has a compact size. Internal focusing enables it to focus as close as 19.7˝ from film plane to subject, at all focal lengths, and the use of polarizing filters. Because of the inner focus system, the front barrel does not have to rotate to focus the lens, and a circular polarizing filter can be easily used.

It includes the reversible “Perfect-Hood”. Filter Size: 62mm.

For Canon (SI2820035MC) ...............................249.00

For Minolta/Sony (SI2820035MM) ..................249.00

For Nikon (SI2820035MN)

For Sigma SA

..............................249.00

(SI2820035MS) ..........................249.00

For Pentax (SI2820035MP) ...........................................................................................................................249.00

28-300mm f3.5-6.3 Macro

Ultra compact dimensions (3.3˝ length:, 2.9˝ diameter, and 10.7:1 zoom ratio) make this the ultimate traveling companion. Able to capture a wide ranging series of subjects it incorporates SLD (Special Low

Dispersion) glass elements and aspherical lenses, to produce a high level of optical performance. It has a minimum focusing distance of 19.7˝ at all focal lengths, and is equipped with a macro mechanism for close-up photography at 300mm telephoto, with a reproduction ratio of 1:3. A “zoom lock” prevents the setting from being changed inadvertently, while an internal focusing system eliminates front lens rotation, allowing the use of polarizing filters and Petal type hoods. Filter Size: 62mm.

For Canon (SI2830035DGC) ..........................279.00

For Minolta/Sony (SI2830035DGM) ............279.00

For Nikon (SI2830035DGN)

For Sigma SA

..........................279.00

(SI2830035DGS) .....................279.00

For Pentax (SI2830035DGP) ....................................................................................................................279.00

APO 50-150mm F2.8 EX DC HSM

Specially designed for digital SLR cameras with an APS-C size image sensor, this large aperture F2.8 lens has a compact and lightweight construction of 3˝in diameter, 5.2˝ in length and weighing just 27.5 oz. The incorporation of the very latest optical technology gives optimum lens performance providing excellent correction for flare, ghosting and all types of aberrations. High image quality is assured throughout the entire zoom range. Four

SLD (Special Low Dispersion) glass elements are used for utmost correction of chromatic aberrations. The HSM (Hyper Sonic Motor) system ensures quiet and high-speed auto focusing with full time manual focus override. Filter size is 67mm.

For Canon (SI5015028CAF) , Nikon (SI5015028NAF) , and Sigma (SI5015028SA) ...................679.00

APO 50-500mm F4-6.3 EX DG HSM

This magnificent 10x superzoom lens encompasses all focal lengths from “normal” to ultratelephoto for unmatched versatility. The use of an APO design, SLD glass, a seven group zoom system, and multi-coated optics, enables the highest level of performance. It also employs a rear focus system to insure quick, convenient manual focus and a non-rotating front barrel.

The Hyper Sonic Motor provides quiet, responsive autofocus plus “full time” manual focus.

Zoom Lock mechanism eliminates “zoom creep” when the lens is tilted up or down. Includes lens hood, magnesium tripod mount and case. Filter size: 86mm (coarse pitch).

For Canon (SI5050046CAF) , Sony/Minolta (SI5050046MAF) , Nikon (SI5050046NAF) ,

Olympus 4/3 (SI5050046OAF) , Sigma (SI5050046SA) , and Pentax (SI5050046PAF) ..............999.00

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

226

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

AF LENSES for Canon, Nikon, Sony/Minolta, Pentax & Sigma

T E L E P H O T O Z O O M L E N S E S

55-200mm F4-5.6 DC

Compact telephoto zoom lens exclusively for digital SLR cameras featuring APS-C size image sensor.

This high performance 3.6x telephoto zoom lens is well suited to a wide range of shooting conditions, such as portrait, sports, nature. The focus and zoom rings provide easy operation in manual mode. A distance scale on the focus ring is an easy to use and convenient addition. This lens has a minimum focusing distance of 43.3˝ and maximum magnification of 1:4.5.Compact and lightweight, diameter is

2.8˝, overall length is 3.4˝, and it weighs only 10.9 oz. It has a filter size of 55mm.

For Canon (SI5520045CAF) ...................149.00 For Nikon (SI5520045NAF) ..............149.00 For Olympus 4/3 (SI5520045OAF) ...149.00

For Pentax (SI5520045PAF) ....................149.00 For Sigma (SI5520045OAF) ...............149.00 For Sony/Minolta (SI5520045MAF) .149.00

APO 70-200mm F2.8 EX DG Macro HSM

This fast telephoto zoom lens has a minimum focusing distance of 39.4˝ throughout the zoom range. Very convenient for close-up photography, it uses two ELD (Extraordinary Low

Dispersion) glasses and two SLD (Special Low Dispersion) elements for correction against chromatic aberrations. Super multi layer lens coating reduce flare and ghost, which is a common with digital cameras. HSM (Hyper Sonic Motor) ensures a quiet and high-speed

AF. With inner focusing and inner zooming, , the overall length of the lens does not change during focusing and zooming, ensuring convenient handling. Filter size is 77mm.

For Canon (SI7020028DMC) ................889.00 For Nikon (SI7020028DMN) ..................

889.00

For Sigma (SI7020028DMS) ...................................................................................................889.00

70-300mm F4-5.6 APO DG Macro

This tele-macro zoom is capable of focusing down to 1:2 (half life-size) ratio at 300mm.

An optional 58mm achromatic close-up lens allows even closer focusing and reproduction ratios up to 1:1 (life-size) with superb optical quality. A switch converts the lens to macro photography at focal lengths between 200mm and 300mm with a minimum focusing distance of 37.4˝. Maximum magnification between 200mm and 300mm is 1:2.9 to 1:2.

Multi layer lens coating and lens design reduce flare and ghost, and also creates an optimum color balance through the entire zoom range. An APO lens, the 70-300mm also incorporates two Special Low Dispersion (SLD) glass elements in the front lens group and one in the rear lens group, to minimize chromatic aberration. It includes a reversible bayonet hood and a padded soft case. Filter size: 58mm.

For Canon (SI703004DGCA) ..................219.00 For Nikon (SI703004DGNA) .............219.00 For Minolta (SI703004DGMA) .........219.00

For Sigma (SI703004DGSA) .....................................................219.00 For Pentax (SI703004DGPA) ....................................................219.00

70-300mm F4-5.6 DG Macro

The 70-300mm f4-5.6 DL is a compact tele-macro zoom lens capable of focusing down to 1:2

(half life-size) reproduction ratio at 300mm. An optional 58mm achromatic close-up lens allows even reproduction ratios up to 1:1 (life-size) with superb optical quality. A reversible bayonet hood is provided. Filter Size: 58mm.

For Canon (SI703004SCAF) ......................139.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI703004MAF) ...........139.00

For Nikon

For Sigma

(SI703004NAF)

(SI703004SA)

.......................139.00

.........................139.00

For Pentax (SI703004PAF) ............................................................................................................139.00

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

AF LENSES for Canon, Nikon, Sony/Minolta, Pentax & Sigma

227

T E L E P H O T O Z O O M L E N S E S

APO 80-400mm f/4.5-5.6 EX OS

An ultra-telephoto zoom lens with a built-in image stabilizer to eliminate blur caused by camera shake. Two modes compensate for image blurring. Mode 1 determines the camera shake in vertical and horizontal panning and compensates blurring, which is effective when shooting static subjects.

Mode 2 detects the vertical camera shake, and overcomes blurring. It is especially effective with moving subjects such as motor sports etc.

New multi layer lens coating and lens design reduce flare and ghost, which is a common problem with digital cameras and also creates an optimum color balance through the entire zoom range. Two

Special Low Dispersion (SLD) glass elements in the front lens group and one in the rear group offer effective control of color aberration. This lens features full-time manual focusing and a removable tripod collar. The rear focus eliminates the need for the front of the lens to rotate, thus allowing the use of circular polarizing filter. A zoom lock switch is built in to prevent the lens from extending due to its own weight, and the lens is easier to use. Filter size is 77mm.

For Canon (SI8040045DGC) ........................999.00 For Nikon (SI8040045DGN) .......................999.00

For Sigma (SI8040045DGS) ................................................................................................................999.00

APO 100-300mm F4 EX DG HSM

This remarkable telephoto zoom lens provides a large f/4 maximum aperture at all focal lengths.

It uses an APO design and four SLD glass elements (two in the front lens group and two in the rear group) for full correction of chromatic aberration — achieving the highest level of optical performance. Canon, Nikon and Sigma mount are equipped with silent, responsive and high speed

HSM (Hyper Sonic Motor) as well as full-time manual focus. An inner focusing system eliminates front lens rotation, making the lens particularly suitable for using the petal-type lens hood supplied and circular polarizing filters. Since focusing and zooming do not change its overall length, ease of handling and operation is assured. Included rotating tripod mount can be conveniently detached if required. Includes case and lens hood. Filter size is 82mm.

For Canon (SI1003004DGC) .....................1099.00 For Nikon (SI1003004DGN) .....................1099.00

For Pentax (SI1003004DGP) ......................1099.00 For Sigma (SI1003004DGS) .....................1099.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI1003004DGM) ...............................................................................................1099.00

APO 120-300mm F2.8 EX DG HSM

A telephoto zoom lens which retains a constant fast aperture of f/2.8 at all focal lengths and allows you to determine the picture composition you want without having to change your vantage point. It has two SLD (Special Low Dispersion) glass elements in the front lens group and one in the rear lens group for excellent correction of chromatic aberration. Equipped with a with a silent, responsive and high speed HSM (Hyper Sonic Motor) the lens combines high AF speeds with whisper-quiet operation, as well as full-time manual focus function. With inner focusing and zooming, focusing and zooming do not change its overall length, making this lens easy to hold and use. In addition, since the front of the lens does not rotate, a circular polarizing filter can be easily attached and use.

Use this lens as a 168-420mm f/4 AF with the optional APO 1.4x Teleconverter or as a 240-600mm f/5.6 AF ultra-telephoto zoom lens with the APO 2x Teleconverter. Filter size is 105mm.

For Canon (SI120300DGCA) ......................2699.00 For Nikon (SI120300DGNA) ......................2699.00

For Sigma (SI120300DGSA) ....................................................................................................................Call

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

228

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

AF LENSES for Canon, Nikon, Sony/Minolta, Pentax & Sigma

S U P E R - T E L E P H O T O Z O O M L E N S E S

APO 135-400mm f4.5-5.6 DG

Covering the most frequently used focal lengths, from mid to long-range telephoto, this lens lets you handle an unprecedented range of subjects from landscapes to fast action sports. It incorporates a

5-group zoom system to achieve sharp, high contrast results throughout the entire zoom range.

Three SLD glass elements eliminate the secondary spectra effect normally associated with telephotos, while the rear focus system keeps the front lens from rotating, giving you easier use of polarizing filters. A convenient built-in rotary tripod mount eliminates vibration during shutter release. Includes reversible lens hood and padded soft lens case. Filter size: 77mm.

For Canon (SI13540045CQ) ........................589.00 For Nikon (SI13540045NQ) ........................589.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI13540045MQ) ...........589.00 For Sigma (SI13540045SQ) ........................589.00

For Pentax (SI13540045P) ..................................................................................................................589.00

APO 170-500mm F5-6.3 DG

This convenient and practical lens is great for sports and nature. It combines a 5 lens group zoom system with an aspherical lens element to deliver sharp high contrast images throughout the entire zoom range. It uses Sigma’s unique apochromatic lens design and three SLD glass elements to eliminate aberrations usually found in ultratelephoto lenses. And with Sigma’s new focusing system, the front lens group doesn’t rotate, which makes using polarized filters a snap. A convenient built-in rotary tripod mount eliminates vibration during shutter release. Includes a reversible lens hood and padded soft lens case. Filter Size: 86mm coarse pitch.

For Canon (SI1705005DCA) ..............769.00

For Sony/Minolta (SI1705005DM) ...769.00

For Nikon

For Sigma

(SI1705005DN)

(SI1705005DSA)

...............769.00

..............769.00

For Pentax ( SI1705005DP) ...........................................................................................769.00

APO 300-800 F5.6 EX DG HSM

The 300-800mm f/5.6 is currently the longest zoom lens made by any manufacturer, and is ideal for nature/outdoor or sports photography. This extreme telephoto zoom lens provides a relatively large constant f/5.6 maximum aperture at all focal lengths.

It covers the ultra-telephoto range up to 800mm. By continuously varying the angle of view from 8.2° to 3.1°, the lens takes a lot of the footwork out of picture composition.

The use of Apochromatic design and two ELD (Extraordinary Low Dispersion) glass elements in the front lens group give full correction of chromatic aberration and provide a high level of optical performance. AF drive is equipped with the silent, responsive and high speed HSM (Hyper Sonic Motor) and provides fulltime manual focus override. A tripod mount is provided with the lens. Since zooming does not change the lens overall length, the lens is easy to hold and use. Includes lens hood with dedicated hood cap and custom fitted and padded cordura case. Includes 46mm (rear)

MC and Polarizing filter.

For Canon (SI300800DGCA) ...........6999.00 For Nikon (SI300800DGNA) ..........6999.00

For Sigma (SI300800DGSA) .........................................................................................6999.00

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

Lens

18-50mm f/3.5-5.6

18-125mm f/3.5-5.6

18-200mm f/3.5-6.3

20-40mm f/2.8

24-60mm f/2.8

24-70mm f/2.8

28-70mm f/2.8 EX DG

28-70mm f/2.8-4

28-200mm f/3.5-5.6

28-300mm f/3.5-6.3

50-150mm f/2.8

50-500mm f/4-6.3

55-200mm f/4-5.6

70-200mm f/2.8

70-300mm f/4-5.6 II

80-400mm f/4.5-5.6

100-300mm f/4

120-300mm f/2.8

170-500mm f/5-6.3

300-800mm f/5.6

8mm f/3.5 EX DG

15mm f/2.8 EX DG

20mm f.1.8

24mm f/1.8

28mm f/1.8

30mm f/1.4

50mm f/2.8

70mm f/2.8

105mm f/2.8

150mm f/2.8

180mm f/3.5

300mm f/2.8

500mm f/4.5 APO

800mm f/5.6

10-20mm f/4-5.6

12-24mm f/4.5-5.6

15-30mm f/3.5-4.5

17-35mm f/2.8-4

17-70mm f/2.8-4

18-50mm f/2.8

Lens

Construction elements / groups

11/6

7/6

13/11

10/9

10/9

7/7

10/9

10/9

11/10

16/12

13/10

11/9

12/9

13/10

14/10

16/12

17/13

16/13

15/12

15/13

16/14

15/13

18/14

20/16

15/13

18/15

14/10

20/14

8/8

15/14

15/13

17/13

16/15

14/13

14/12

11/8

16/14

18/16

13/11

18/16

Angle of View

View (Diag.)

69.3°-27.9°

69.3°-11.4˝

69.3°-7.1°

94.5°-56.8°

84.1° - 39.6°

84.1° -34.3°

75.4°-34.3°

75.4°-34.3°

75.4° - 12.3°

75.4° - 8.2°

27.9°-9.5°

46.8°-5°

693°-7.1°

34.3°-12.3°

34.3°-8.2°

30.3° - 6.2°

24.4° -8.2°

20.4° -8.2°

14.5° - 5°

8.2° -3.1°

23.3°

16.4°

13.7°

8.2°

3.1°

102.4°-63.8°

122°-84.1°

180°

180°

94.5°

84.1°

75.4°

45°

46.8°

34.3°

110°-71.6°

103.7°-63.4˝

72.4°-20.2˝

69.3°-27.9˝

22

22

22

32

22

22

22

22

32

32

32

32

22

32

32

22

22

22

22

22

32

32

22

22

45

22

32

32

22

22

22

22

22

16

32/45

22

22

22

22

22

Minimum

Aperture

9.8˝

19.7˝

17.7˝

11.8˝

14.9˝

15.7˝

13˝

19.7˝

18.9˝

19.7˝

39.4˝

39.4-118.1˝

17.7˝

39.4˝

59˝ (37.4˝ Macro)

70.9˝

70.9˝

59.1-98.4˝

118.1- 126˝

236.2˝

12.3˝

15˝

18.1˝

98.4˝

157.4˝

275.6˝

9.4˝

11˝

7.9˝

15.7˝

1.6˝

10.1˝

5.3˝

5.9˝

7.9˝

7.1˝

11.8˝

10.6˝

7.9˝

11.0˝

DIGITAL SLRs

SIGMA

LENS SPECIFICATIONS

229

Minimum Focus

Distance

Filter

Size mm

Rear Filter

Rear Filter

82mm

77mm

77mm

62mm

55mm

62mm

58mm

72mm

72mm

46mm (drop-in)

46mm (drop-in)

46mm (rear)

77mm

Rear filter

Rear Filter

77mm

72mm

72mm

62mm

62mm

67mm

86mm

62mm

77mm

58mm

77mm

58mm

62mm

62mm

82mm

77mm

82mm

67mm

58mm

82mm

105mm

86mm

46mm (drop-in)

Dimensions Weight

2.76 x 2.96˝

2.9 x 3.4˝

3.1 x 5.3˝

3.7 x 8.5

2.8 x 3.1˝

3.4 x 7.3˝

3.0 x 4.8˝

3.7 x 7.6˝

2.7 x 3.4˝

2.8 x 3.1˝

2.8 x 3.1˝

3.5 x 4.2˝

3.3 x 3.4˝

3.5 x 4.5˝

2.9 x 3.4˝

2.7 x 2.4˝

3.6 x 8.9˝

4.4 x 10.7˝

3.6 x 9.1˝

6.5 x 21.4˝

3 x 3.76˝

2.9 x 3.8˝

3.1 x 5.4˝

3.1 x 7.2˝

4.7 x 8.4˝

4.8 x 13.8˝

6.2 x 20.5˝

3.3 x 3.2˝ inches

2.9 x 2.7˝

2.9 x 2.6˝

3.5 x 3.4˝

3.3 x 3.1˝

3.3 x 3.1˝

2.97 x 2.3˝

2.8 x 2.5˝

3.4 x 3.9˝

3.4 x 5.1˝

3.3 x 3.4˝

3.1 x 3.2˝

3.1 x 3.4˝

13.4 oz.

17.3 oz

27.2 oz.

64.9 oz.

14.4 oz.

48.7 oz.

19.2 oz.

61.9 oz.

8.8 oz.

13.6 oz.

14.4 oz.

20.9 oz.

19.5 oz.

25.2 oz.

18.1 oz.

8.6 oz.

51.0 oz.

91.7 oz.

47.4 oz.

207.4 oz.

18.5 oz.

16.1 oz.

31.6 oz.

34.0 oz.

84.6 oz.

111.0 oz.

167.2 oz.

16.4 oz.

ounces

14.0 oz.

13.0 oz.

18.3 oz.

17.1 oz.

16.9 oz.

15.2 oz.

11.3 oz.

21.6 oz.

21.8 oz.

19.8 oz.

16.0 oz.

15.9 oz.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

230

DIGITAL SLRs

SONY

(ALPHA) DSLR-A100

10-Megapixel Digital SLR Camera

The DSLR-A100 is a top-quality 10-megapixel DSLR camera that combines Minolta

Corp’s 20-year legacy of photographic leadership and expertise with Sony’s advanced digital imaging technologies. It features anti-shake compatibility with hundreds of Minolta A-mount lenses sold worldwide for the past quarter century. It also features Sony Dynamic Range Optimizer to automatically increase detail in bright and dark picture areas; high-sensitivity shooting with Super SteadyShot in-camera image stabilization; Anti-Dust technology to keep the CCD imager clean for better pictures, and Eye-Start Autofocus system for faster camera response.

The high-speed Bionz image processing engine allows you to capture pictures at lightning speed. It allows high-speed burst shooting at up to 3 fps continuously, at 10.2-megapixels and the finest JPEG compression. For those action shots, you’re limited only by the speed of your media card. For convenience, you can shoot 750 shots on a single charge of it’s battery. In addition to being compatible with most of the former

Minolta Maxxum mount lenses, there are 19 high-quality Sony lenses available, including three co-developed with Carl Zeiss, as well as a full range of accessories, including a line-up of flashes, cable releases, rechargeable battery packs and several styles of carrying cases.

FEATURES

10.2-megapixel CCD

◆ With an outstanding resolution of 10.2

million effective pixels, the large APS-C size

(23.6 x 15.8mm) CCD sensor with Sony’s advanced design allows more light to pass to each pixel, increasing sensitivity while reducing noise — and providing greater detail when you make big prints or crop in close on your subject.

◆ More pixels mean more detail. 10.2-million pixels means stunning prints… even when they’re blown up to A3 size.

◆ The combination of large (APS-C size) CCD sensor, RGB primary color filter and BIONZ image processor assures breathtakingly crisp, high definition images with superlative detailing, a wide tonal range and the subtlest color gradations.

◆ The APS-C size wide area CCD blurs backgrounds to create a melting beauty that brings out the character of the subject.

◆ Sharp eyes, soft skin texture, and resolution down to a single hair are captured with the realism that can only be achieved by a large number of pixels and wide area CCD.

BIONZ Image Processing Engine

A digital camera must retain every nuance of detail entering the lens that’s captured by the sensor... and translate it faithfully into stunning pictures. The DSLR-A100’s BIONZ image processing engine ensures that what’s falling on the CCD sensor accurately represents the full beauty of every moment without compromise. The ‘brain of the camera’ the BIONZ processor uses a powerful image processing algorithm to reduce sensor noise without lowering resolution.

Tones are reproduced accurately with vivid coloration and excellent sharpness, creating images with astonishing natural beauty and depth.

A major creative advantage offered by digital SLR photography is the ability to control the blurring’ of out-of-focus areas in an image – such as the foreground or background. Blurring of other parts of the image can make the subject stand out even more, providing a more threedimensional feel. The large image sensor inside the DSLR-A100 makes it possible to exercise greater control over blurring using wide aperture settings for a wide range of creative effects.

Compact

Camera

100

The blurring of out-of-focus areas is the greatest when aperture is open (small ‘f ’ value). These photographs were taken using the 100 and a compact digital camera with an open aperture.

Because the background of the 100 image is blurred very gently, the in-focus section stands out more effectively.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

Anti-Dust Technology

◆ A simple lens change can let dust particles collect on the image sensor surface, degrading picture quality - and once there, dust is difficult to remove. To combat this constant problem, the DSLR-A100 features an advanced anti-dust system to minimize the effects of dust particles entering the camera body when lenses are exchanged.

◆ The CCD sensor’s Indium Tin Oxide antistatic coating acts as a barrier to dust, while a CCD vibration function briefly shakes the sensor every time the camera is powered off to dislodge what little dust particles settled.

There’s also a selectable menu function that vibrates the sensor more strongly.

DIGITAL SLRs

SONY

(ALPHA) DSLR-A100

231

Super SteadyShot Image Stabilization System

◆ Unlike most Digital SLRs, the A100 has image stabilization built into its body, so that any lens you use benefits from a stabilized image. The Super SteadyShot system empowers you to take spectacular shots where un-stabilized lenses would give you blur. It's great anywhere a tripod is unavailable, or in museums where flash is prohibited. It also makes the camera perfect for indoor sports shooting, and candlelit subjects that would be ruined by flash.

— Instead of depending on an anti-shake mechanism within each lens, Super SteadyShot detects camera shake and shifts the position of the CCD sensor to compensate for camera movement, thus reducing image blur.This means that it works with all compatible Sony system lenses – without the need for expensive specialist optics that include built-in image stabilization.

— As well as reducing the blur caused by camera shake, Super SteadyShot also permits handheld shooting in situations that would normally require a tripod or flash. Enjoy sharp, blur-free photos… even with a telephoto or zoom lens at high magnification, or handheld macro shooting with a reduced risk of camera shake.

— The actual compensation effect depends on the lens and shooting conditions, but typically it’s equivalent to between 2 and 3.5 steps in shutter speed. An indicator in the bottom right hand corner of the viewfinder also provides real time indication of the amount of camera shake.

Eye-Start Autofocus System

◆ Some DSLRs don’t start focusing until the shutter button is half-pressed, but that can slow down camera response. The Sony

DSLR-A100 is equipped with a unique

Eye-Start system that ensures focusing is complete by the time the shutter button has been released.

◆ The camera begins its precision autofocus adjustments the moment you bring your eye to the viewfinder. The camera’s infra-red sensor detects when you look through the viewfinder, automatically activating autofocus (and switching the LCD screen off). Coupled with a super-fast response time of 0.9 seconds from power-on, the

DSLR-A100 is always ready for action.

Indicator and warning icon in the viewfinder provides immediate indication of camera shake status.

Amount of camera shake is measured on a scale of 1 to 5 indicator bars. Warning icon also illuminates whenever the danger of camera shake is high.

High danger of camera shake

Small camera shake

Four Focus Modes

◆ Fast, positive focusing is easy with four modes to suit any scene and your creative preferences.

– AF-S (Single AF) mode keeps focus fixed at the point where it’s been brought into focus.

– AF-C (Continuous AF) mode is ideal for keeping a moving subject in continuous focus.

– AF-A mode selects automatically between two modes by assessing the scene.

– A DMF (Direct Manual Focus) mode can also be selected, allowing you to focus manually after AF is complete for fine-tuning any scene to perfection.

Dynamic Range Optimizer

The Dynamic Range Optimizer ensures evenly-balanced reproduction of the brightest highlights and the deepest shadows... even when you’re shooting high-contrast scenes or against the sun.

While normal exposure compensation retrieves low-light detail at the expense of burnt out highlights, Dynamic Range Optimizer assures perfectly exposed pictures by automatically adjusting gamma curve and color balance settings. Two modes available:

• In Standard Mode brightness and contrast levels for the whole image are automatically corrected in real time.

Advanced Mode offers a higher degree of compensation by analyzing and adjusting tone and color reproduction for each area of the image separately

– a process that only takes around

0.5 seconds to achieve.

switched off Standard Mode Advanced Mode

When switched off, the subject’s face will appear dark in photographs taken directly against the sun. Off is appropriate if the intention is to take a photograph with a silhouette.

In Standard mode, the contrast and exposure of the complete image are automatically adjusted and the subject’s expression is easier to see compared to the OFF setting.

In Advance mode, a higher degree of compensation occurs. The photo balances with high precision the strength of the color of the background sky, the brightness of the subject’s face and the green of vegetation.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

232

DIGITAL SLRs

SONY

(ALPHA) DSLR-A100

9-Point AF Selection

◆ The DSLR-A100 gives you all the focusing options you need for composing shots with foreground, background or off-center subjects

– including manual focus point selection,

Spot AF, Continuous AF and AF Lock.

Advanced White Balance

Show your true colors with choice of white balance settings. A choice of white balance setting modes ensures natural-looking results under virtually any lighting conditions… or use it as a creative tool to enhance or suggest a mood.

◆ Six preset white balance modes – sunlight, shadow, cloudy, tungsten, fluorescent and flash. – In ‘Wide focus area’ mode, the DSRL-A100 automatically selects optimum sections from the nine individual focus points displayed in the viewfinder, making it easier to capture moving subjects.

◆ Auto (AWB) mode approximates the human eye to ensures dependable, fuss-free results with any scene under a wide range of lighting conditions.

Sunlight Shadow

– Predictive focus control dynamically predicts precise focus for moving subjects at the moment the shutter is released. This makes the 100 the perfect choice for sports and action photography. You can also focus on the centre of the frame only or select manually from one of nine focus points.

Auto (AWB)

Cloudy

◆ Customize your own white balance settings – and if you’re not sure which setting is best,

Tungsten Fluorescent Flash

WB bracketing captures the scene with three different WB settings, so you can pick the best one.

◆ Fine tuning an image’s color balance can turn a great picture into something really special.

Manual color temperature adjustment features 19-step magenta/green compensation to emulate the effect of professional color correction filters.

3 fps Continuous Burst

◆ To catch fast action, the camera offers continuous JPEG image capture at up to

3 fps, up to the limit of your flash memory card – plus RAW Burst Mode (up to 6 shots) with intelligent buffer management to allow more shots to be captured without waiting for the buffer to clear. So you can keep on shooting to your heart's content.

Four Image Quality Modes

Has four image quality modes (RAW, RAW

+JPEG, Standard JPEG and Fine JPEG) and three image sizes. Choosing the right mode and image size is all about finding the right balance between quality and capacity to suit your needs. When you need to retain the highest possible image quality however, the

RAW format records the image signal exactly as it’s been captured by the CCD to create

‘digital negatives’. Since the RAW data is uncompressed, there’s non of the compression artifacts associated with JPEG images. RAW files also provide the opportunity to process the image further with minimum degradation.

Image Finishing Options

Image finishing options allow image settings to be adjusted according to your personal preference. Fine-tune your image or create powerful, dramatic effects with eight (Standard,

Vivid, Portrait, Landscape, Evening Scene,

Night Scene, Monochrome and Adobe RGB) image finishing modes that select optimum white balance, contrast, color saturation and sharpness to suit any scene. Whether you’re looking for an ultra-sharp look or highly saturated colors, it’s easy to choose the right image finishing mode to match the vision inside your head. You can also adjust individual parameters to suit your personal preference.

High Performance

◆ With high-sensitivity (ISO 1600) shooting, the DSLR-A100 captures great photos without flash even in low light — which makes it an ideal system camera for shooting without a tripod or in locations (like museums and churches) where flash is prohibited.

◆ At the heart of the DSLR-A100 is the advanced Bionz Image Processor, using hardware-based Large Scale Integrated

(LSI) circuitry that responds ten times faster than software image processors — improving camera response time, handling

Dynamic Range Optimization processing and extending Stamina battery life.

◆ Accurate framing and focusing depends directly on the quality of the optical viewfinder. The viewfinder of the DSRL-

A100 features Spherical Acute Matte screen technology that enhances image brightness for sure, accurate focusing. The viewfinder provides a 95% field of view with 0.83x

magnification.

2.5˝ 230,000-pixel Clear Photo LCD Plus Screen

Size, image resolution and comfortable viewing are prerequisites for the screen of any digital SLR, allowing you to critically assess the composition, quality and focus of every shot. The 2.5˝ screen helps you see the big picture in even more detail.

230,000-pixel resolution combines with Clear

Photo LCD Plus technology to reproduce subtle tones accurately.

The screen’s Anti- Reflective Coating is a glarereducing layer that assures a wide viewing angle, even in daylight. It’s teamed with Clear Processing technology that reproduces colors more vividly. The screen’s superb resolution also makes it easy to zoom in, judge picture sharpness and review the finest image details with greater clarity. Also has a Histogram, Highlights and Shadow Alert,

16-frame Index Display, Zoom button (up to 12x magnification), and a Navigation Display screen that confirms camera settings and shooting information in large, easy-to-read text. Automatically flips into vertical orientation if the camera is turned on its side to take a portrait picture.

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

Exposure Control

◆ A 40-segment honeycomb sensing system provides multi-pattern measuring for superior exposure control accuracy. It achieves high accuracy with a fast response in low and high brightness scenes alike. This also makes it possible to differentiate the subject from background, with precise exposure for the subject that takes into account background exposure. Also offers Centerweighted metering and Spot metering

◆ For greater creative freedom in a wide range of shooting conditions, the DSLR-A100 offers four shooting modes (Program Auto,

Aperture Priority, Shutter Priority, Manual), making it easier to select exactly the right combination of shutter speed and aperture for perfectly-exposed results with any scene without compromising your creativity. Also offers exposure compensation modes.

◆ For great exposure - even under difficult lighting situations, there is a series of scene modes available. Whether you’re an experienced photographer or just having fun. Twist the mode dial to select the

Shooting Mode that suits you best. Six Scene modes automatically select focus and exposure values plus image finishing settings

– like color saturation and contrast – providing the perfect match for any subject.

◆ Portrait Mode: Capture images with the person clearly standing out in front of the blurred background. Telephoto zoom or telephoto lenses are highly effective for this type of photography.

◆ Landscape Mode: Ideal choice for wide-open landscapes that emphasizes the sky’s blue coloration and the freshness of green grass.

◆ Macro Mode: Ideal for capturing small subjects like flowers and insects when using a macro lens. Focus and aperture are controlled for beautiful background blurring that emphasizes the close-up subject.

◆ Night Portrait Night Mode: With the flash on, foreground subjects and the night background are both captured clearly. (Tripod is recommended for night photography.

◆ Evening Mode:Similar to Scenery Mode, but emphasizes the red of a dusky sky.

◆ Sports Mode: Freeze the action as Continuous

AF follows the movement of the subject and drive mode switches to Continuous shooting.

DIGITAL SLRs

SONY

(ALPHA) DSLR-A100

233

Conveniences

◆ Accepts both CompactFlash (Type I/II) and Memory Stick Duo media (with supplied adaptor).

◆ Built-in flash (GN 12 @ ISO 100, m) moves up and down manually.

◆ With an ultra-low energy consumption design and high performance Lithium ion battery pack, you don’t have to worry about running out of power. The supplied NP-FM55H Lithium Ion rechargeable battery permits up to 750 shots on a full charge, and recharges quickly with the supplied charger. Battery level is displayed as five indicator bars on the LCD screen.

◆ The DSLR-A100’s lens mount is identical to the Minolta A-type bayonet mount, enabling the use of dozens of existing Minolta Maxxum Lenses as well as third party lenses. These include such cherished Minolta glass as the classic 135mm Smooth Transition Focus (STF), the aweinspiring 300mm f/2.8 G and the 500mm f/8 Reflex - the world’s only AF telephoto reflex lens.

Bundled Software

Image Data Converter: An easy-to-use RAW data processor – even for beginners, images captured in RAW mode can be refined even further on your PC with a wide range of functions including tone curve and sharpness.

Picture Motion Browser: Offers simple storage and management of captured images, as well as image printing and adjustment. Download images from the camera to your computer to display, zoom, sort and manage them on-screen.

Effective Resolution

LCD Display (Size, Pixels)

Image File Formats

Color Modes

Focus Type

DSLR-A100

10.2 Million Pixels

2.5˝, 230,000

RAW (.ARW), JPEG (Fine, Standard), RAW + JPEG (Fine)

Standard, Vivid, Portrait, Landscape, Sunset, Night view, Black & White,

Adobe RGB, Contrast (+/-2), Saturation (+/-2), Sharpness (+/-2)

TTL CCD line sensors (9-points, 8 lines with center cross-hair sensor) with

Eye-start AF, Predictive focus control, Auto-tracking focus point display and AF assist illuminator via internal flash (flash must be raised)

Exposure Control

Shutter Speed (seconds)

Exposure Metering

Auto ISO (100-800), Selectable ISO (100, 200, 400, 800, 1600)

Lo (ISO 80, Low Key), Hi (ISO 200, High Key)

30 - 1/4000

Multi-segment (40 segment Honeycomb pattern), Center-weighted, Spot

Built-in Flash / Effective Flash Range Yes (Manual Pop-up, Auto, Fill-flash, Rear flash sync) / 39' @ ISO 100

External Flash Connection / Control Proprietary Hot Shoe (for Minolta and select Sony flashes)/ ADI, Preflash TTL

Max Flash Synchronization Speed

Time Between Shots

Burst Capability

Compatible Memory Cards

Computer Interface

Battery Type / Power Adapter

Dimensions (HxWxD)/ Weight

1/120 second (SteadyShot On), 1/160 second (SteadyShot Off)

Less than 1 second

3 fps to limit of media in JPEG

CompactFlash (Type I & II)/Microdrive,

Memory Stick Duo/PRO Duo (via MSAC-MCF1N adapter)

USB 2.0

NP-FM55 Lithium-ion / AC-VQ900AM AC/DC adapter/charger (optional)

3.7 x 5.3 x 2.9˝ / 19.0 oz.

Supplied Accessories

Lithium-Ion Battery (NP-FM55) , Battery Charger (BC-VM10) , USB and Video Cable, MS-Duo to CF

Adaptor (MSAC-MCF1N) , Shoulder Strap with Eyepiece Cap and Remote Commander Clip,

Accessory Shoe Cap and Software CD-ROM.

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

234

DIGITAL SLRs

SONY

LENSES

W I D E A N G L E & S T A N D A R D L E N S E S

16mm f/2.8 Fisheye Lens

(SO1628F)

Get a fascinating perspective on landscapes, cities, crowds and special events with the unique view of a180° angle fish-eye lens. With exaggerated perspective and intriguing visual distortion, a fisheye lens brings images closer to the focal plane for a view beyond the ability of human eye.

A superb fisheye lens with a look all its own, Sony’s SAL-16F28 offers extraordinary corner-tocorner sharpness while achieving crisp, clear detail from about 8˝ to infinity. Mounted on the

DSLR-A100, it provides a 110° angle of view with 24mm focal length (35mm equivalent). It also has built-in filters which can be selected by simply rotating a dial on the lens — Normal, 056 for accented contrast in B&W photos, B12 to correct color by eliminating red tones, A12 to correct color by eliminating blue tones..................................................................................................879.95

20mm f/2.8 Wide-Angle Lens

(SO2028)

Super-wide 94° angle of view, corrects visual aberrations from about 10˝ to infinity, and provides deep depth of field for complex shots that maintain sharp focus in both close foreground and far background. Sophisticated optical coating prevents internal reflection, achieving superb clarity and definition. Lens elements at the rear of the lens move to increase auto-focus speed and help you catch quick action. Aperture blades of this superb wide-angle lens form a near circle at the wide openings you’ll use for low-light shots, so spot-light sources have a pleasing circular defocused effect.

Mounted on the DSLR-A100 camera, the lens achieves a 70° angle of view with 30mm focal length

(35mm equivalent). Filter size 72mm..................................................................................................609.95

28mm f/2.8 Wide-Angle Lens

(SO2828)

Superb value in a wide-angle lens for interiors, group photos and landscapes. With its precision optics, compact size and wide 75° angle of view, this lens is an excellent choice for sharp, high-contrast shots when you’re working indoors with people in groups, or in landscapes and urban scenes when you want a panoramic or inclusive shot with lots of detail. Mounted on the DSLR-A100, this lightweight wide-angle lens provides a near-standard 42mm focal length (35mm equivalent). For convenience, it has a built-in sliding lens hood. Filter size 49mm .............................................................................229.95

35mm f/1.4 G-Series Wide-Angle Lens

(SO3514)

The ultimate standard lens for a digital SLR. With its 35mm-equivalent 52.5mm focal length and ultra-bright f1.4 performance, this lens closely reproduces the natural angle of vision of the human eye.

Ideal for both general photo-imaging and fine-art photography. In conjunction with the DSLR-A100’s

Super SteadyShot, the lens captures bright, steady images even when working hand-held in very low light. Glass-molded aspherical lens improves optical stability and precision in creating sharper, more visually accurate images with minimal distortion even at fully open aperture. For full creative control, a focus hold button can lock auto-focusing. In auto-focus mode, the manual focus ring does not rotate — which improves handling ease. Filter size 55mm ................................................................................1349.95

50mm f/1.4 Standard Lens

(SO5014)

An ultra-bright standard lens for fast, accurate shooting by available light. For quick candid shots that capture "the decisive moment," this lens provides superb clarity and visual accuracy even with fully open aperture when working indoors or in low-light and twilight conditions. Mounted on the Sony

DSLR-A100 camera, this lens provides a 35mm equivalent of a 75mm midrange telephoto lens. In conjunction with the DSLR-A100’s Super SteadyShot, this lens achieve pinpoint sharpness even working with hand-held by available light. Filter size 55mm...........................................................309.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

DIGITAL SLRs

SONY

LENSES

235

P O R T R A I T & T E L E P H O T O L E N S E S

Carl Zeiss Planar T* 85mm f/1.4 Telephoto Lens

(SO8514)

A brilliant lens for portraits, low light and midrange telephoto shooting. Used for intimate or low-light portraits, fashion shots, and quick candid photographs, this lens will satisfy the most uncompromising demands. Its performance at fully open aperture is astonishingly precise — and its

35mm-equivalent 125.7mm focal length gives you sharp midrange close-ups and natural, distortionfree portraits at relaxed distances. In conjunction with the DSLR-A100’s Super SteadyShot, the lens captures bright, steady images even when working hand-held in very low light. Precision optical design and advanced T* coatings help to reduce flare and increase contrast. Smooth, visually pleasing out-of-focus backgrounds give portraits and close-ups an extra dimension of beauty. For full creative control, a focus hold button can lock auto-focusing even in continuous advance mode — and focus lock can also be set on the spot-focus center frame area. In auto-focus mode, the manual focus ring does not rotate — and in manual focusing, you’ll have a solid, hands-on feel. Filter size 72mm ..............................................................................................................................................................................1299.95

Carl Zeiss Sonnar T* 135mm f/1.8 Telephoto Lens

(SO13518)

Whether you’re shooting a distant mountain peak or a flower from an arms length away, this lens provides amazing image quality. Its f/1.8 aperture makes it the brightest telephoto lens in its class — and with 35mm-equivalent 202.5mm focal length plus the ability to focus tightly on objects closer than three feet away, it can cover an amazing range of photographic assignments. Two (Extra-low

Dispersion) ED Glass lenses minimize flare and greatly reduce chromatic aberration, giving you sharp, clear telephoto shots. Internal lens elements move to increase auto-focus speed to help you catch quick action. In conjunction with the DSLR-A100’s Super SteadyShot, the lens captures bright, steady images even when working hand-held in very low light. Filter size 77mm.................................................1349.95

135mm f/2.8-4.5 Telephoto Lens

(SO13528)

A unique telephoto lens, (35mm equivalent of a 200m) the SAL-135F28 features advanced STF

(Smooth Transition Focus). While subjects remain in sharp focus, out-of-focus backgrounds or foregrounds are blurred smoothly and evenly with gradation that thickens toward the edges of the frame for a pleasing aesthetic effect. The dedicated manual focusing system is controlled by a wide focus ring that’s comfortable to hold and gives you a solid, hands-on feel for pinpoint focusing of your subject. Because aperture blades form a near circle at the wide openings used for low-light shots, spot-light sources have a pleasing circular defocused effect. Filter size 72mm.............................1149.95

300mm f/2.8 G-Series Super Telephoto Lens

(SO30028)

For definitive long-shot precision and spectacular portraits even in low light, this professional

G-Series lens raises the standard of digital SLR performance. Its 35mm-equivalent 450mm focal length and ultra-bright f2.8 aperture combine for superb results in virtually any light.

A strong, light magnesium lens barrel makes shooting more comfortable even on long wildlife or sports assignments.

Built-in high-speed SSM (Super Sonic wave Motor) lens motor delivers faster automatic focusing with high torque at low speed, quick start/stop response, and quiet, smooth operation.

Internal lens elements move, so the overall length does not change — creating an auto-focus zoom lens that doesn’t affect the balance of your camera. Three precision ED Glass lenses correct chromatic aberrations to provide extremely sharp telephoto images distant subjects as well as dramatic sports close-ups. Two DMF (Direct Manual Focus) modes allow you to quickly revert to manual focus by just turning the manual focus ring of the lens. For versatility, there are four focus hold buttons in different lens locations, plus electronic slider focus range selector switch. Filter size 42mm ........................................................................................................5699.95

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

236

DIGITAL SLRs

SONY

LENSES

A S S O R T E D L E N S E S

500mm f/8 Reflex Super Telephoto Lens

(SO5008R)

A super telephoto reflex lens with auto-focus capability, a short barrel and a compact, lightweight design that makes it ideal for field work on wilderness and nature assignments. Mounted on the

DSLR-A100, this lens provides a 750mm focal length (35mm equivalent) — and takes advantage of

Sony’s in-camera Super SteadyShot image stabilization system to reduce blur by compensating for shaky hands. Reflective optics eliminate the chromatic aberrations that can affect image quality in refractive telephoto lenses, so images are extremely sharp and clear. At fixed f/8 aperture, the exposure is controlled by varying the camera shutter speed and using a neutral-density snap-on filter. For full creative control, a focus hold button located on the lens can lock auto-focusing..........................609.95

1.4x G-Series Tele-converter Lens

(SOSAL14TC)

Use this compact, professional-quality tele-converter lens to extend the photographic range of your primary lens by 1.4x — allowing you to cover more distance and capture more subjects without the burden of extra equipment. Designed to support G-Series 70-200mm f/2.8 G and 300mm f/2.8 G lenses as well as the unique Sony 135mm f/2.8 STF lens. Ideal for adding to your telephoto shooting capability without carrying extra equipment — a significant advantage on long wilderness treks or while traveling on vacation. ............................................................................................................569.95

2x G-Series Tele-converter Lens

(SOSAL20TC)

Increases the focal length of a lens by 2x, and reduces the lens aperture by approximately 2 f/stops.

It provides full AF compatibility with a select range of Sony pro-level G-series lenses (with Minolta, only with Maxxum 7/5/4/3 or newer cameras). For example, using a 2x teleconverter with a 300mm lens will effectively increase the focal length to 600mm. A lens set to f/2.8 will now be f/5.6.....609.95

50mm f/2.8 Macro and 100mm f/2.8 Macro Lenses

The 50mm f/2.8 is a compact macro-focus lens that covers the full range from life-size to infinity. “Life size” macro imaging means that the image you capture is the same size as the subject in reality — giving you spectacularly sharp photos of insects, flowers, gemstones, postage stamps and other small nature subjects and collectibles. Mounted on the DSLR-A100 camera, this lens provides a 75mm focal length

(35mm equivalent) — which means it can also be used as a standard and midrange telephoto lens.

The 100mm f/2.8 is a superb macro-focus lens for both close-up and distant subjects. This versatile macro-focus lens covers a wide range of photographic applications, from close-up nature subjects to midrange telephoto shots — making it ideal to carry on location or in the field. Mounted on the

DSLR-A100 camera, it provides a 150mm focal length (35mm equivalent) — and its superb sharpness and clarity give you professional results in every shooting situation.

They Both Feature:

◆ Sharp macro focusing gets you closer to your subject to capture low-angle shots of insects, flowers and other natural wonders — and broad depth of field lets you keep backgrounds in focus too.

◆ In conjunction with the DSLR-A100’s Super SteadyShot age stabilization system, the bright f2.8 aperture captures bright, steady images even working with hand-held camera in low light.

◆ Excellent optical precision provides high contrast and resolution.

◆ Focus hold button located on the lens for full creative control.

◆ Focus range limiter speeds auto-focus response by limiting the range of distances that are brought into focus — close-up or telephoto range.

◆ In auto-focus mode, the manual focus ring does not rotate — which improves handling ease.

◆ Because aperture blades form a near circle at the wide openings used for low-light shots, spot-light sources have a pleasing circular defocused effect

50mm f/2.8 Macro Lens (SO5028M) .........................................429.95

100mm f/2.8 Macro Lens (SO10028M) ......................................619.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

W I D E A N G L E Z O O M L E N S E S

DIGITAL SLRs

SONY

LENSES

237

11-18mm f/5.5-5.6 Super Wide Zoom Lens

(SO111845)

With the capability to focus quickly and zoom from super-wide-angle to wide-angle, this lens captures interior scenes with greater flexibility and handles fast action in close environments. Its DT design is ideally suited for the CCD imager of the DSLR-A100, and its 35mm-equivalent zoom range of 16.5mm

to 27mm gives you wide latitude in framing and composition. Aspherical elements correct frame distortion to provide more visually accurate super-wide-angle shots. ED (Extra-low Dispersion) glass minimizes flare and greatly reduce chromatic aberration, giving you photos with sharper focus and ore accurate color separation. In low-light shots or nightscapes, out-of-focus light sources have a pleasing circular defocused effect ...........................................................................................................579.95

Carl Zeiss Vario-Sonnar T*

DT 16-80mm f/3.5-4.5 Zoom Lens

(SO1680)

The ultimate all-in-one zoom lens, the Zeiss DT 16-80mm is a professional-grade 5x zoom specifically designed for the CCD imager used in the DSLR-A100 camera — providing incredible precision in a single compact, easy-to-carry lens. Two glass-molded aspherical lens elements correct visual aberrations and improve picture quality across the entire zoom range of 24mm wide-angle to

120mm telephoto (35mm equivalent). In auto-focus mode, the manual focus ring does not rotate — and in manual focusing, a wider focus ring provides a solid, hands-on feel. Because aperture blades form a near circle at the wide openings used for low-light shots, spot-light sources have a pleasing circular defocused effect. Advanced Carl Zeiss optical design and anti-flare T* Coating make this one of the most valued lenses in the world of digital photography.....................................................659.95

18-70mm f/3.5-5.6 Zoom Lens

(SO187035)

This superb standard zoom lens for the DSLR-A100 camera handles the full range of shots you’ll take most often — but there’s nothing “standard” about its advanced optical design. In 35mm equivalent, it covers wide-angle 27mm to 105mm midrange telephoto for snapshots, portraits, interiors and more

— an excellent all-around lens to travel with.

Aspherical lens elements correct visual aberrations, while ED (Extra-low Dispersion) glass reduces chromatic aberration at telephoto extension, correcting certain wavelengths of light for sharp, clear images with well defined colors. Because aperture blades form a near circle at the wide openings used or low-light shots, spot-light sources have a pleasing circular defocused effect ...............................189.95

18-200mm f/3.5-6.3 Zoom Lens

(SO1820035)

Specially designed for the CCD imager of the DSLR-A100 camera, this is the standard zoom lens that brings you closer to your subject. With superior all-in-one lens performance for everyday shooting, its 35mm-equivalent range of 27mm wide-angle to 300mm telephoto excels at capturing faraway ubjects, sports events, dramatic landscapes and intimate close-up views.

Internal lens elements move, so the overall length does not change — creating a lens that focuses more quickly and doesn’t change balance. Three aspherical elements correct visual aberrations more effectively across the entire zoom range and help reduce weight. Two ED (Extra-low Dispersion) glass elements minimize flare and greatly reduce chromatic aberration, giving you sharp, clear shots even at full telephoto extension. Because aperture blades form a near circle at the wide openings used for low-light shots, spot-light sources have a pleasing circular defocused effect ...................................459.95

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

238

DIGITAL SLRs

SONY

LENSES

S U P E R T E L E P H O T O L E N S E S

24-105mm f/3.5-4.5

(SO2410535)

A high-performance standard 5x zoom for the DSLR-A100, this compact lens offers the 35mm equivalent of a 35-157mm. Two glass-molded aspherical lens elements correct visual aberrations and improve picture quality across the entire zoom range. Because aperture blades form a near circle at the wide openings used for low-light shots, spot-light sources have a pleasing circular defocused effect. Filter size is 62mm................419.95

70-200mm f/2.8 G-Series Telephoto Zoom Lens

(SO7020028)

A precision zoom lens with bright aperture and fast, quiet auto-focus response, this superb G-Series zoom lens covers a broad range of telephoto applications with a 35mm equivalent range of 105-300mm. Fast f/2.8 aperture and quiet, high-speed SSM (Super Sonic wave Motor) makes it ideal for long-distance photography. Four precision ED glass elements correct chromatic aberrations through the full zoom range.

Internal lens elements move, so the overall length doesn’t change — creating a zoom lens that focuses much quicker and doesn’t affect the balance of your camera. Two DMF (Direct Manual Focus) modes let you quickly revert to manual focus by just turning the manual focus ring of the lens. There are three focus hold buttons, plus an electronic slider focus range selector switch. Filter size is 77mm ......................2299.95

75-300 - f/4.5-5.6 Telephoto Zoom Lens

(SO7530045)

A compact, lightweight 4x zoom lens that brings you closer to action, this lens is the ideal choice for covering outdoor activities and sports action, even in large stadium locations. It’s wide zoom range of

112.5- to - 450mm (35mm equivalent) handles both middle-ground subjects and portraits shot from a relaxing distance, so people won’t be nervous — even captures intimate details and natural wonders close at hand. Circular aperture gives light sources a pleasing circular defocused effect in backgrounds. Designed for both DSLR APS-size CCD sensors and 35mm format cameras. Filter size 55mm............................209.95

Lens

16mm f/2.8

20mm f/2.8

28mm f/2.8

35mm f/1.4

85mm f/1.4

135mm f/1.8

135mm f/2.8-4.5

300mm f/2.8

500mm f/8

50mm f/2.8

100mm f/2.8 Macro

11-18mm f/5.5-5.6

16-80mm f/3.5-4.5

18-70mm f/3.5-5.6

18-200mm f/3.5-6.3

24-105mm f/3.5-4.5

70-200mm f/2.8

75-300 - f/4.5-5.6

Lens

Construction

11E/8G

10E/9G

5E/5G

8E/10G

8E/7G

11E/9G

6E/8G

13E/12G

7E/5G

7E/6G

8E/8G

15E/12G

14E/10G

11E/9G

15E/13G

12E/11G

19E/16G

13E/10G

Angle of View

View (Diag.)

110°

70°

54°

44°

29°

12°

12°

5° / 20'

3° / 10'

32°

16°

104° - 76°

83° - 20°

76° - 23°

76° - 8°

84°-23°

23°-8°

21°-5˝ / 20' f32 f22-29 f22-29 f22-36 f22-40 f31 f32 f8 f32

Minimum

Aperture f22 f22 f22 f22 f22 f22 f22-27 f32 f32-28

Minimum Focus

Distance

8.4˝

9.6˝

12˝

12˝

34˝

31˝

14.4˝

9.6˝

2.4˝

14.4˝

18˝

34˝

79˝

13'

7.8˝

19.2˝

48˝

57˝

72mm

42mm internal

55mm

55mm

77mm

62mm

55mm

62mm

Filter

Size integrated

72mm

49mm

55mm

72mm

77mm

62mm

77mm

55mm

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

Dimensions

2.6 x 2.9˝

3.1 x 2.1˝

2.8 x 1.7˝

2.7 x 3.0˝

3.2 x 2.9˝

3.5 x 4.5˝

3.1 x 3.9˝

4.8 x 9.9˝

3.5 x 4.6˝

2.8 x 2.4˝

3.0 x 3.9˝

3.3 x 3.2˝

2.8 x 3.26˝

2.6 x 3.0˝

2.9 x 3.4˝

2.8 x 2.7˝

3.4 x 7.7˝

2.8 x 4.8˝

Weight

1.46 lbs

10.4 oz.

1.1 lbs

12.7 oz.

15.5 oz.

8.3 oz.

14.3 oz.

14.1 oz.

10.1 oz.

6.5 oz.

1.12 lbs

1.23 lbs

2.31 lbs

1.6

5.09 lbs

13.9 oz

2.95 lbs

1 lb

DIGITAL SLRs

SONY

FLASHES & ACCESSORIES

239

HVL-F36AM/HVL-F56AM Flash

Take great pictures with superb flash coverage. With the ability to synch with all shutter speeds, the HVL-F36AM and HVL-F56AM are capable of capturing the mood and moment, no matter what time it is. Whether it’s a clear, sunny day or a cloudy dusk, you can be sure they flash will fill your subjects with the right amount of light.

Off-Camera

Shoe

HVL-F36AM:

◆ Guide NO.36 (at 85mm position, ISO100)

◆ Able to bounce up and down

◆ High speed sync with high-speed shutters

Zoom range: 24mm~85mm, 17mm with included wide panel

Includes stand, good for wireless shooting

High accuracy ADI with D lens

HVL-F56AM - Same features PLUS:

Guide NO.56 (at 85mm position, ISO100)

Bounce left and right, up and down

HVL-F36AM (SOHVLF36AM) .......219.95

HVL-F56AM (SOHVLF56AM) .......309.95

Alpha Triple

Connector

Alpha Triple Connector (SOFATC1AM)

For enhanced, flexible lighting, attach up to three additional flashes to the DSLR-A100 with the Triple Connector. Flash units connect with an off-camera shoe and an Alpha

Extension Cable (not provided) ...............59.95

HVL-RLAM Ringlight

(SOHVLRLAM)

Intended for use in extreme close-up photography, the HVL-RLAM produces effective lighting when shooting macro photography with the DSLR-A100.

Ideal when taking macro pictures of flowers, insects and other detailed close ups. Features adjustable positioning so you can shoot through the ring light or offset from the lens. Also features individual control of the dual flashtube – fire simultaneously or separately. Using one flashtube creates modeling, which can give a three-dimensional feeling to the subject.......................................................249.95

Off-Camera Shoe

(SOFACS1AM)

Achieve better lighting angles and spectacular photos with off-camera shooting. Using the off-camera shoe and Alpha Off-Camera Cable, you can position the HVL-F36AM toward your subject at any angle you like ............44.95

Alpha

Extension

Cable

◆ Allows for more effective lighting during extreme close-up photography.

◆ Adjust light position on the camera for a variety of shooting situations.

◆ Ring can be fully lit or right or left side only.

◆ Included Control Unit attaches to the camera’s accessory shoe.

◆ Adjustable for two-step light (low or high).

◆ Supplied 49/55mm adaptor ring and flash adaptor.

Alpha

Off-Camera

Cable

Off-Camera

Cable for Flash

HVL-MT24AM

Macro Twin Flash Kit

(SOHVLMT24AM)

Capture impeccably lit macro photographs and take your extreme close-up photography to the next level by easily arranging the twin adjustable flash heads in countless configurations.

TTL Metering: When working with a macro lens, the focusing range. The actual aperture may be sever metering allows for this without time consuming calculations......................................................499.95

◆ Auto locking foot. ◆ Ratio-variable lighting.

◆ Covers fields of view of 24mm lenses.

◆ Folds neatly when not in use.

◆ Flash heads can be attached at various angles.

◆ Seven manual power settings and three custom functions.

◆ Use exposure modes other than metered manual for TTL operation.

◆ Manual power level increments to 0.5 EV.

Alpha Off-Camera Cable (SOFACC1AM)

This cable connects directly to HVL-F36AM flash and the DSLR-A100, giving you enhanced lighting flexibility .....................54.95

Off-Camera Cable for Flash

(SOFAMC1AM)

Increase your lighting angles with multiple flash units and this multi flash cable. Connect this cable to your compatible flash unit and the DSLR-A100 camera for multi flash operation ...................................................54.95

Alpha Extension Cable (SOFAEC1AM)

Optimize your lighting angle. Designed for the DSLR-A100, this extension flash cable connects directly to the Alpha Off-Camera flash cable, extending its length to 4.9´ ....54.95

(212) 444-5027 • 1-800-947-9927 • Quick Dial 64

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO

240

DIGITAL SLRs

SONY

ACCESSORIES

Soft Carrying Case (SOLCSAMSC30) : A convenient and stylish soft carrying case custom designed for the DSLR-A100.

Its casual appearance and light weight construction make it a pleasure for traveling. Features compartments for the camera, lenses, flash, flash adapter and battery pack. Includes a padded shoulder strap and a name tag ....89.95

Premium Carrying Case: Used as waist, hand or shoulder bag, this premium carrying case keeps the DSLR-A100 and accessories together. Looks great and helps to keep the camera, battery and memory stick free from dust and scratches. Has a front organizer, two side zipper pockets, and a padded shoulder strap. Available in Black

(SOLCSAMAB) or Cinnabar (SOLCSAMAD) ...................................................................................................................44.95

Padded Shoulder Strap: A high-grade, genuine leather Sony shoulder strap ideal for carrying the DSLR-A100.

Stylish and comfortable padded design reduces carrying stress to the neck and shoulders. Includes a strap lock to prevent slipping. Available in Black (SOSTPSH1AM) or Cinnabar (SOSTPSS1AM) ......................................................34.95

Soft Carrying

Case

Premium

Carrying Case

Magnifier

Rechargeable

Battery Pack

Remote

Commander

AC/DC Adapter

& Battery Charger

Right Angle Finder

Right Angle Finder (SOFDAA1AM) : Designed for the DSLR-A100, this finder allows you to capture images from difficult shooting angles.

Take pictures from low angles or chest level while keeping full view of your framed image.

The finder can be rotated 360° ...............159.95

Magnifier (SOFDAM1AM) : For close-up and macro photography, the magnifier enlarges the viewfinder image by approximately 2.3 times giving you a more detailed view of your subject. Designed for the DSLR-A100......74.95

Alpha Remote Commander (SORML1AM) :

Remotely control the shutter release of the

DSLR-A100 without touching the camera.

emote control cable length is just under 16.5´.

The remote commander helps eliminate blurry pictures caused by camera shake ..59.95

Remote Commander (SORMS1AM) : A precision wired remote that gives you the ability to control shutter release and shutter lock unctions from 20˝ away............................52.95

Rechargeable Battery Pack (SONPFM55H) :

Small and lightweight, this lithium-ion battery can be charged or discharged at anytime without developing memory effect. This means it will never lose its ability to hold a accurately calculates remaining battery life in minutes, and displays remaining battery time in the camera LCD ....................................54.95

AC/DC Adapter & Battery Charger

(SOACVQ900AM) : Charges up to 2 NP-FM55H batteries and provides direct power to the

DSLR-A100 Digital Camera. An informative

LCD display shows time remaining to full charge and battery life ............................129.95

Alpha Eyepiece

Corrector Diopters

Adjust the viewfinder focus without the use of eyeglasses with a Sony eyepiece corrector.

For use with the DSLR-A100 these diopter eyepiece correctors are designed to adjust for farsighted and nearsightedness. Simply mount to the viewfinder and start snapping.

+0.5 Diopter (SOFDAECF05) , +1.0 Diopter

(SOFDAECF10) , +1.5 Diopter (SOFDAECF15) ,

+2.0 Diopter (SOFDAECF20) , +3.0 Diopter

(SOFDAECF30) , -1.0 Diopter (SOFDAECN10) ,

-2.0 Diopter (SOFDAECN20) , -3.0 Diopter

(SOFDAECN30) , -4.0 Diopter (SOFDAECN40) ..14.95

Eyepiece Cap (SOFDAEP1AM) : The FDA-EP1AM eyepiece cap is designed to fit securely over the viewfinder of the DSLR-A100 camera and protect the interior from dust and debris when it’s not in use ...............................................9.95

DSLR Accessory Kit (SOACCAMFM) : Includes the NP-FM55H battery pack for long lasting power, the LCS-AMSC30 system carrying case to keep your camera and lenses safe from bumps and scratches, and a cleaning cloth ...................................................................129.95

Accessory Kit (SOACCAMFM10) : Offering more than just a storage solution, this kit comes with a rechargeable battery pack (NP-FM55H), a soft, lightweight carrying case with compartments for all your shooting essentials. Securely carries extra batteries, memory cards and lens cap in built-in pockets .............................................................................84.95

PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO www.bhphotovideo.com

Accessory Kit DSLR Accessory Kit

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement